You are on page 1of 448

PLAXIS Advanced Course

New Delhi, India.

Venue DepartmentofCivilEngineering
IITDelhi,NewDelhi,India
Date 2931October2014
Lecturers

ProfessorAntonioGens TechnicalUniv.ofCatalonia

ProfessorKRajagopal IITMadras

ProfessorHelmutSchweiger GrazUniv.ofTechnology

Prof.G.V.Ramana IITNewDelhi

DrWilliamCheang PlaxisAsiaPac,Singapore

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 1/448
CONTENTS
ADVANCEDCOMPUTATIONGEOTECHNICS,NEWDELHI2014 PAGE

Session1:GeotechnicalFiniteElementAnalysis&SoilBehaviour1
CG1 GeotechnicalFiniteElementAnalysis 4
CG2 ElastoplasticityandMohrCoulomb 22
CG3 Exercise1:FoundationonElastoplasticSoils 44
Session2:SoilBehaviour2
CG4 CriticalStateSoilMechanicsandSoftSoilModel 69
CG5 HardeningSoilandHSsmallModels 88
CG6 Exercise2:Triaxial&OedometerSimulation 119
Session3:ModellingofDeepExcavations
CG7 ModellingofDeepExcavations 143
CG8 StructuralElementsinPLAXIS 169
CG9 Exercise3:ModellingofanAnchoredRetainingWallin2D 194
Session4:ModellingofGroundwater,UndrainedConditions&Consolidation
CG10 ModellingofGroundwaterinPLAXIS 216
CG11 DrainedandUndrainedAnalysis 251
CG12 ConsolidationAnalysis 272
CG13 Exercise4:ModellingofanStruttedandEmbeddedExcavationin3D 289
Session5:InitialStresses,SlopeStability&UnsaturatedSoils
CG14 UnsaturatedSoilsandBarcelonaBasicModel 306
CG15 InitialStressesandSlopeStabilityAnalysis 337
CG16 Exercise5:SlopeStabilityAnalysis 375
Session6:ModellingofTunnelsinRock
CG17 HoekBrownandRockJointedModels 392
CG18 ModellingofTunnelsin2D 416
CG19 Exercise6:TunnellinginRock 437
PLAXISADVANCEDCOURSE

Time Wednesday29October2014
Session1:GeotechnicalFiniteElementAnalysis&SoilBehaviour1
9:00 10:00 CG1 GeotechnicalFiniteElementAnalysis Gens
10:00 11:00 CG2 ElastoPlasticityandMohrCoulomb Rajagopal
11:00 11:15 Break
11:15 1:00 CG3 Exercise1:FoundationonElastoPlasticSoils Cheang
1:00 2:00 Lunch
Session2:SoilBehaviour2
2:00 3:00 CG4 CriticalStateSoilMechanicsandSoftSoilModel Schweiger
3:00 4:00 CG5 HardeningSoilandHSsmallModel Schweiger
4:00 4:15 Break
4:15 5:30 CG6 Exercise2:TriaxialandOedometer Cheang

Time Thursday30October2014
Session3:ModellingofDeepExcavations
9:00 9:45 CG7 ModellingofDeepExcavations Gens
9:45 10:30 CG8 StructuralElementsinPlaxis Rajagopal
10:30 10:45 Break
10:45 12:00 CG9 Exercise3:SimulationofanAnchoredRetainingWall Cheang
12:00 1:00 Lunch
Session4:ModellingofGroundwater,UndrainedConditionsandConsolidation
1:00 1:45 CG10 ModellingofGroundwaterinPlaxis Cheang
1:45 2:30 CG11 DrainedandUndrainedAnalysis Gens
2:30 3:15 Break
3:15 3:30 CG12 ConsolidationAnalysis Gens
3:30 5:00 CG13 Exercise4:DewateringinExcavation Siva

Time Friday31October2014
Session5:InitialStresses,SlopeStabilityandUnsaturatedSoils
9:00 10:30 CG14 UnsaturatedSoilsandBarcelonaBasicModel Gens
10:30 11:30 CG15 InitialStressesandSlopeStabilityAnalysis Schweiger
11:30 11:45 Break
11:45 1:30 CG16 Exercise5:SlopeStabilisedbySoilNails Siva
1:30 2:30 Lunch
Session6:ModellingofTunnelsinRock
2:30 3:30 CG17 HoekBrownandRockJointedModels Schweiger
3:30 4:00 CG18 ModellingofTunnelsin2D Schweiger
4:00 4:15 Break
4:15 5:30 CG19 Exercise6:TunnellinginRock Cheang

2931October2014,NewDelhi,India.
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 3/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 1
Geotechnical Finite Element Analysis
Professor Antonio Gens

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 4/448
CG1: GEOTECHNICAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

Antonio Gens

Technical University of Catalunya, Barcelona

some of the slides were originally created by:


Andrew Abbo (University of Newcastle)
Cino Viggiani (Laboratoire 3S, Grenoble, France)
Dennis Waterman (Plaxis)

Outline

Introduction
Design requirements in geotechnical engineering
Geotechnical methods of analysis
Geotechnical finite element analysis: some remarks

The Finite Element Method


Introduction and general overview
Domain discretization
Element formulation
Constitutive law
Element stiffness matrix
Global equations: assembly and solution
Compute secondary variables

Final remarks

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 5/448
design requirements in geotechnical engineering

Stability (local and general)

Admissible deformation and displacements

design requirements in geotechnical engineering

Flow problems

Sometimes flow and stability/deformation problems are solved together


See tomorrows lecture on consolidation (CG12)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 6/448
geotechnical analysis: basic solution requirements

Equilibrium (3 equations)
Unknowns: 15
Compatibility (6 equations)
(6 stresses, 6 strains, 3 displacements)
Constitutive equation (6 equations)

Potts & Zdravkovic


(1999)

geotechnical methods of numerical analysis

methods for numerical analysis


Finite difference method
Boundary element method (BEM)
Discrete element method (DEM)
Finite element method (FEM)
Others (meshless methods, material point method, particle methods)

While the FEM has been used in many fields of engineering practice for
over 40 years, it is only recently that it has begun to be widely used for
analyzing geotechnical problems. This is probably because there are many
complex issues which are specific to geotechnical engineering and which
have been resolved relatively recently.

when properly used, this method can produce realistic results which are
of value to practical soil engineering problems

A good analysis, which simulates real behaviour, allows the engineer to


understand problems better. While an important part of the design
process, analysis only provides the engineer with a tool to quantify effects
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 7/448
once material properties and loading conditions have been set
geotechnical finite element analysis

Objectives of the numerical (finite element) analysis


Selection of design alternatives
Quantitative predictions
Backcalculations
Understanding!
Identification of critical mechanisms
Identification of key parameters

geotechnical finite element analysis

Advantages of numerical (finite element) analysis


Simulation of complete construction history
Interaction with water can be considered rigorously
Complex geometries (2D-3D) can be modeled
Structural elements can be introduced
No failure mechanism needs to be postulated (it is an outcome of the
analysis)

(Nearly) unavoidable uncertainties


Ground profile
Initial conditions (initial stresses, pore water pressure)
Boundary conditions (mechanical, hydraulic)
Appropriate model for soil behaviour
Model parameters

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 8/448
geotechnical finite element analysis

Some requirements for successful numerical modelling


Construction of an adequate conceptual model that includes the basic
features of the model. The model should be as simple as possible but
not simpler
Selection of an appropriate constitutive model. It depends on:
type of soil or rock
goal of the analysis
quality and quantity of available information
Pay attention to patterns of behaviour and mechanisms rather than
just to quantitative predictions
Perform sensitivity analyses. Check robustness of solution
Model calibration (using field results) should be a priority, especially of
quantitative predictions are sought
Check against alternative computations if available (even if simplified)

geotechnical finite element analysis

three final remarks


1. geotechnical engineering is complex. It is not because youre
using the FEM that it becomes simpler

2. the quality of a tool is important, yet the quality of a result


also (mainly) depends on the users understanding of both
the problem and the tool

3. the design process involves considerably more than analysis

Borrowed from C. Viggiani, with thanks

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 9/448
The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

the FEM is a computational procedure that may be used to obtain an


approximate solution to a boundary value problem

the governing mathematical equations are approximated by a series of


algebraic equations involving quantities that are evaluated at discrete points
within the region of interest. The FE equations are formulated and solved in
such a way as to minimize the error in the approximate solution
x xy xz
Governing mathematical equation: bx (equilibrium)
x y z
Algebraic equation: a11x1 a12 x2 a1n xn c1

The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

The FEM is a computational procedure that may be used to obtain an


approximate solution to a boundary value problem

What kind of problem?

Apply load obtain displacements


stiffness matrix

Apply head obtain flow


permeability matrix

Though we would like to know our solution at any coordinates in our


project, we will only calculate them in a certain amount of discrete points
(nodes) and estimate our solution anywhere else

this lecture presents only a basic outline of the method


attention is focused on the first problem using the "displacement based" FE
approach Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 10/448
The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

The FEM involves the following steps (1/2)


Elements discretization
This is the process of modeling the geometry of the problem under
investigation by an assemblage of small regions, termed finite
elements. These elements have nodes defined on the element
boundaries, or within the elements

Primary variable approximation


A primary variable must be selected (e.g., displacements) and rules
as how it should vary over a finite element established. This
variation is expressed in terms of nodal values

A polynomial form is assumed, where the order of the polynomial


depends on the number of nodes in the element
The higher the number of nodes (the order of the polynomial), the
more accurate are the results (the longer takes the computation!)

The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

The FEM involves the following steps (2/2)


Element equations
Derive element equations:

where is the element stiffness matrix, is the vector of nodal


displacements and is the vector of nodal forces
Global equations
Combine (assemble) element equations to form global equations

Boundary conditions
Formulate boundary conditions and modify global equations. Loads
affect P, while displacements affect U
Solve the global equations
to obtain the displacements at the nodes
Compute additional (secondary) variables
From nodal displacements secondary quantities (stresses, strain) are
evaluated
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 11/448
The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

Apply load obtain displacements


stiffness matrix
Ku F
For soil we dont have a direct relation between load and displacement,
we have a relation between stress and strain.

Displacements Strains Stresses Loads


Differentiate Material Integrate
model
Bu D F dV

Combine these steps: K BT DBdV

Domain discretization

The first stage in any FE analysis Footing


width = B
is to generate a FE mesh

A mesh consists of elements


connected together at nodes
Node
We will calculate our solution in
the nodes, and use some sort of
mathematical equation to
estimate the solution inside the Gauss point

elements.

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 12/448
Domain discretization

examples: embankment

Domain discretization

examples: multi-anchored diaphragm wall

There is a whole zoo of different finite elements available!


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 13/448
Element formulation

displacement interpolation

two-dimensional analysis of continua is generally based on the use of


either triangular or quadrilateral elements

the most used elements are based on an iso-parametric approach

Element formulation

Displacement interpolation
primary unknowns: values of the nodal displacements
displacement within the element: expressed in terms of the nodal values
using polynomial interpolation
n
u( ) Ni ( ) ui , N i shapefunction of node i
i 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 14/448
Element formulation

Shape function of node i


Is a function that has value 1 in node i
and value 0 in all other n-1 nodes of the element

Shape functions for 3-node line element


1 1
N1 (1 ) , N 2 (1 )(1 ) , N 3 (1 )
2 2

Shape functions for 5-node line element

Element formulation

Illustration for the six-noded triangular element

3 y quadratic interpolation

6
v
5
x u( x, y ) a0 a1 x a2 y a3 x 2 a4 xy a5 y 2
u v( x, y ) b0 b1 x b2 y b3 x 2 b4 xy b5 y 2
1 2
4

12 coefficients, depending on the values of the


12 nodal displacements

u NU e
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 15/448
Element formulation

Illustration for the six-noded triangular element


Strains may be derived within the element using the standard definitions

u
xx a1 2a3 x a4 y
x
Lu
v
yy b2 b4 x 2b5 y
y
u v
xy (b1 a2 ) (a4 2b3 ) x (2a5 b4 ) y
y x

Lu LNU e BU e BU e

Constitutive law

Constitutive relation (elasticity)


Elasticity: one-to-one relationship between stress and strain
in a FE context, stresses and strains are written in vector form
the stress-strain relationship is then expressed as: = D

linear isotropic elasticity in plane material stiffness matrix


strain

1 v v 0
v 1 v 0
E
D
(1 2v)(1 v) 1 2v
0 0
2

in this case the coefficients of the matrix are constants, which means
that (for linear kinematics) the resulting F.E. equations are linear
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 16/448
Constitutive law

What happens with inelastic constitutive relations?


Advantage with elasticity: the coefficients of the matrix are constants,
the resulting F.E. equations are linear, hence the problem may be solved
by applying all of the external loads in a single calculation step
soils usually do not behave elastically
D
with D depending on the current and past stress history

It is necessary to apply the external load in separate increments


and to adopt a suitable non-linear solution scheme

Element stiffness matrix

Element stiffness matrix


body forces and surface tractions applied to the element may be
generalized into a set of forces acting at the nodes (vector of nodal forces)
nodal forces may be related P1x

to the nodal displacements by: 3 1y
P

P2 x
K e Ue Pe 6 5 P2 y
P e
Ke element stiffness matrix P1x 1
2


4

K e T
B DBdv P1y
P6 x
P
6y
D material stiffness matrix
recall
B matrix relating nodal displacements to strains
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 17/448
The Finite Element Method: introduction and overview

Apply load obtain displacements


stiffness matrix
Ku F
For soil we dont have a direct relation between load and displacement,
we have a relation between stress and strain.

Displacements Strains Stresses Loads


Differentiate Material Integrate
model
Bu D F dV

Combine these steps: K BT DBdV

Element stiffness matrix

Gauss points

Ke
B T DBdv
To evaluate Ke, integration must be performed for each element
A numerical integration scheme must be employed (Gaussian integration)

Essentially, the integral of a function is replaced by a weighted sum


of the function evaluated at a number of integration points

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 18/448
Global equations: assembly and solution

Global stiffness matrix (1)


The stiffness matrix for the complete mesh is evaluated by combining
the individual element stiffness matrixes (assembly)

This produces a square matrix K of dimension equal to the number of


degrees-of-freedom in the mesh
in 2D number of d.o.f = 2 x number of nodes
in 3D number of d.o.f = 3 x number of nodes

The global vector of nodal forces P is obtained in a similar way by


assembling the element nodal force vectors

The assembled stiffness matrix and force vector are related by:

KU P
where vector U contains the displacements at all the nodes in the mesh

Global equations: assembly and solution

Global stiffness matrix (2)


if D is symmetric (elasticity), then Ke and hence K will be symmetric
The global stiffness matrix generally contains many terms that are zero
if the node numbering scheme is efficient then all of the non-zero
terms are clustered in a band along the leading diagonal

assembly
schemes for storage
solution

take into account its sym and


banded structure
number of dofs
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 19/448
Global equations: assembly and solution

Solution of the global stiffness equations


Once the global stiffness equations have been established
(and the boundary conditions added), they mathematically
form a large system of symultaneous (algebraic) equations

KU P
These have to be solved to give values for the nodal displacements

It is advantageous to adopt special techniques to reduce


computation time (e.g. bandwidth and frontal techniques)

Detailed discussion of such techniques is beyond the scope of


this lecture

Computation of secondary variables

Compute additional (secondary) values


once the nodal displacements have been obtained from the inversion
of the matrix K e
KU P
The complete displacement field can be obtained:
n
u ( x, y) Ni ( x, y) ui , Ni shape function of node i
i 1

Strains and stresses are computed at the Gauss points:

BU e
= D

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 20/448
Final remarks

some practical issues

1. A good finite element mesh is important. A poor mesh will give


a poor (inaccurate) solution.

2. Post processing Stress are computed at Guass points only.


Contour plots of stresses involve further processing of the results.

3. Do the results make sense?

4. FEA can be very time consuming!

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 21/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 2
Elasto-plasticity and Mohr-Coulomb
Professor K.Rajagopal

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 22/448
CG2: ELASTO-PLASTICTY AND MOHR COULOMB

Professor K Rajagopal
IIT Madras

some of the slides were originally created by:


Cino Viggiani (Laboratoire 3S, Grenoble, France)
Antonio Gens (UPC, Spain)
S.W. Lee (GCG Asia Golder Associates)
Helmut Schweiger (Technical University of Graz, Austria)
K. Rajagopal (IIT Madras) additional slides September 2013

Contents

A quick reminder of (linear isotropic) Elasticity


Motivations for plasticity (elasticity vs. plasticity)
Basic ingredients of any elastoplastic model
elastic properties (how much recoverable deformation?)
yield surface (is plastic deformation occurring?)
plastic potential (direction of plastic strain increment?)
consistency condition (magnitude of plastic strain increment?)
hardening rule (changes of yield surface?)
Element tests: (drained) simple shear & triaxial tests
Tips and tricks
Advantages and limitations
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 23/448
Constitutive models

Constitutive models provide us with a relationship with stresses and


strains expressed as:
= D

Elasticity
Linear-elastic Non-linear elastic

= D

Hookes law

C
xx 1 0 0 0 xx
1 0 0 0
yy yy
zz 1 1 0 0 0 zz

E 0 0 0 2 2 0 0
xy xy
yz 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 yz

zx 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 zx

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 24/448
Model parameters in Hookes law:

d1
Two parameters:
- d1
- Youngs modulus E
- Poissons ratio
d3
- 1

Meaning (axial compr.):


E
d1
E 1
d1
- 1
d
3 1
d1
E 0 ; -1 0 .5 3

Alternative parameters in Hookes law:


In spherical and deviatoric stress / strain components:
v 1/ K 0 p
p 1
3 1 2 3

0 1/ 3G q
s 1
q ( 1 2 ) 2 ( 2 3 ) 2 ( 3 1 ) 2
2
dxy
Shear modulus:
d xy E dxy
G
d xy 21

Bulk modulus: dp
dp E
K dv
d v 31 2

9KG 3 K 2G
E v
G 3K 6 K 2G
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 25/448
Hookes law

= D
Inverse:
xx 1 0 0 0
xx
1 0 0
0
yy yy
zz E 1 0 0
0 zz

(1 )(1 2 ) 0
0 0 1 0 0
xy 2 xy
yz 0 0 0 0 1
2

0 yz
1
zx 0 0 0 0 0 2 zx

4G 2G 2G
K K K 0 0 0
xx 3 3 3 xx

K 2G 4G 2G
yy K K 0 0 0 yy
3 3 3
zz zz
K 2G 2G 4G
K K 0 0 0
xy 3 3 3 xy
yz 0 0 0 G 0 0 yz

zx 0 0 0 0 G 0 zx
0 0 0 0 0 G

Hookes law

Plane strain = D
4G 2G
K K 0
1 0 3 3

2G 4G
0 K 0
E
D 1 K
(1 )(1 2 ) 3 3
1 2
0 0 0 0 G
2

Axisymmetry

4G 2G 2G
K K K 0
1 0 3 3 3

1 0 2G 4G 2G
E K K K 0
D 1 0 3 3 3
(1 )(1 2 )
0 1 2 K 2 G K
2G
K
4G
0
0 0 3 3 3
2
October
0 2014) 0 026/448 G

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31
Elasticity vs. Plasticity (1)

In elasticity, there is a one-to-one relationship between stress and


strain. Such a relationship may be linear or non-linear. An essential
feature is that the application and removal of a stress leaves the
material in its original condition

Elasticity vs. Plasticity (2)

for elastic materials, the mechanism of deformation depends on the


stress increment

for plastic materials which are yielding, the mechanism of (plastic)


deformation depends on the stress

reversible = elastic irreversible = plastic

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 27/448
Plasticity: some definitions (1)

LINEAR ELASTIC - PERFECTLY PLASTIC


One-dimensional
Y0 = yield stress

IMPORTANT: yield stress = failure stress for perfect plasticity

e p
General three-dimensional stress state e p

Plasticity: some definitions (2)

LINEAR ELASTIC PLASTIC HARDENING


One-dimensional

Y0 = yield stress
YF = failure stress

IMPORTANT: yield stress failure stress

e p
e p
(29-31
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India
General three-dimensional stress state 2014)
October 28/448
Plasticity: some definitions (3)

LINEAR ELASTIC - PLASTIC WITH SOFTENING

One-dimensional

Y0 = yield stress
YF = failure stress

yield function (1)

when building up an elastic-plastic model,


the first ingredient that we need is a yield surface
(is plastic deformation occurring?)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 29/448
yield function (2)

F = 0 represents surface in stress space

f f 1 , 2 , 3

f 0 stress state is elastic

f 0 stress state is plastic

f 0 stress state not admissible

The yield surface bounds all elastically attainable states


(a generalized preconsolidation pressure)

yield function (5)

Basically:
changes of stress which remain inside the yield surface are
associated with stiff response and recoverable deformations,
whereas on the yield surface a less stiff response is obtained and
irrecoverable deformations are developed

Where do we get this function f ?

The dominant effect leading to irrecoverable changes in particle


arrangement is the stress ratio, or mobilized friction

The mean normal effective stress p is of primary importance.


The range of values of q for stiff elastic response is markedly
dependent on p
Tresca & Von Mises yield functions are not appropriate

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 30/448
Mohr-Coulomb Model, yield function

To most engineers the phrase strength of soils conjures


up images of Mohr-Coulomb failure criteria

frictional
resistance

independent of
normal stress

Classical notions of Mohr-Coulomb failure can be


reconciled with the patterns of response that we are
modeling here as elasto-plastic behavior

Mohr-Coulomb Model, yield function

1 and 3 : major and minor principal stresses

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 31/448
The Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion

MC criterion: t*c cos - s* sin

t* = (3 - 1)
s* = (3+1)

1
2 '3 '1 c' cos ' 12 '3 '1 sin '

2c' cos ' 1 sin '


'1 '3
1 sin ' 1 sin '

Note: Compression is negative, and 1: major,


2: intermediate, 3: minor principal stress
19

Mohr-Coulomb Model, yield function

MOHR COULOMB IN 3D STRESS SPACE

f 1
2
'1 '3 12 '1 '3 sin ' c ' cos '
-1

f > 0 Not acceptable


f = 0 Plasticity

f < 0 Elasticity

-3
-2
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 32/448
plastic potential (1)

Summing up:

Plastic strain increment arises if:


1) the stress state is located on the yield surface (f = 0)
AND
2) the stress state remains on the yield surface after a stress increment

knowledge of function f tells us whether plastic strain is occurring or not

But, this is only one part of the story:


We would also like to know direction and magnitude of plastic strain
will we get plastic volume changes?
and plastic distortion?
for that, we need another concept (another function: g)

plastic potential (2)

flow rule
Recall: plastic deformations depend
on the stress state at which yielding
is occurring, rather than on the route
by which that stress is reached

we have now two functions, f and g


the question is: where do we get g ?

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 33/448
associated and non associated flow rules

it would be clearly a great advantage if, for a given material, yield locus
and plastic potential could be assumed to be the same
f = g only 1 function has to be generated to describe plastic response
also advantageous for FE computations:
the solution of the equations that emerge in the analyses is faster
the validity of the numerical predictions can be more easily guaranteed

is f = g a reasonable assumption?

for metals, it turns out that YES, it is


for geomaterials, NOT
Where is the problem? The assumption of normality of plastic strain
vectors to the yield locus would result in much greater plastic volumetric
dilation than actually observed

Mohr-Coulomb Model, plastic potential

dilatancy angle

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 34/448
plastic dilatancy

how to understand dilatancy


i.e., why do we get volume changes when applying shear stresses?

= + i
the apparent externally mobilized angle of friction on horizontal planes () is
larger than the angle of friction resisting sliding on the inclined planes (i)

strength = friction + dilatancy

consistency condition

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 35/448
Parameters of MC model

E Youngs modulus [kN/m2]


Poissons ratio [-]
c (effective) cohesion
[kN/m2]
(effective) friction angle []
Dilatancy angle []

MC model for element tests

yy
tan
xy
max

sin cos

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 36/448

n
1 sin sin
MC model for element tests

MC model for element tests

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 37/448
limitations of MC model (1)

limitations of MC model (2)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 38/448
warning for dense sands

Tension cut-off

Tension cut-off: if c>o, MC model allows tensile stresses to be


developed

Tension Compression
zone zone
Tension cut-off

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 39/448
Simple Shear Test

Given: E' , ' , c' , ' , , xy , yy o

Initial conditions: xy 0 0, ' xx o K o ' yy o


'1
'3

Boundary conditions: yy 0, xx 0

45
2
Implicit stress increment : '3
'1
'new 'old
At failure for
D ep simple shear test

With Dep evaluated at the beginning of each step (using old)

Dilatancy

Plastic volumetric
xx yy
p p p
strain v
sin
Pla stic shear distortion
p xx
p
yy p 2
xy
p 2

For simple shear


Since, xx xx xx 0
e p

yy
yy
p
and xx 0
e
sin
yy xx 0
p 2 2 p
p p
yy xy

yy
p

xy p tan
xy
p

is positive volume increase in shear - Dilatancy


is negative volume decrease in shear - Contractancy

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 40/448
Results of undrained simple shear test

Non-associated plasticity, f g
Parameter Value
Bulk unit weight of soil, 0 kN/m3
Effective angle of internal friction, 43o
Effective cohesion, c 0 kPa
Poissons ratio, 0.20
Youngs modulus, E 45000 kN/m2
Angle of dilation , -3 o ,0o ,15 o
Bulkmodulusofsoil,Ke =Kw/n 1.86*106 kN/m2
Bulk unit weight of gravity elements, 20 kN/m3
Normal stress in y-direction, yy 100kN/m2
Shear strain, xy 0.025
Ko 0.25

Comparison between drained and undrained results


Property Value
Bulk unit weight of soil, 0 kN/m3
Effective angle of internal
35o
friction,
Effective cohesion, c 0 kPa
Poissons ratio, 0.30

Youngs modulus, E 26000 kPa

Angle of dilation , -3o, 0o, 5o


Bulkmodulusofsoil,Ke = 1.85*106
Kw/n kN/m2
Bulk unit weight of gravity
20 kN/m3
elements,
Normal stress in y-
100kN/m2
direction, yy
Shear strain, xy 0.025

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 41/448
Influence of dilation angle on behaviour of circular footing

Pressure (kPa)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
0

-0.05

-0.1

-0.15
settlement (m)

-0.2
psi =0
psi=3
-0.25 psi=6
psi=10
-0.3

-0.35

-0.4
E = 35000 kPa
= 0.3
-0.45
c = 1 kPa
=35
Diameter=4m

Possibilities and limitations of the Linear Elastic- Perfectly


Plastic (LEPP) Mohr-Coulomb model

Possibilities and advantages

Simple and clear model


First order approach of soil behaviour in
general 1
Suitable for a good number of practical
applications (not for deep excavations and
tunnels)
Limited number and clear parameters
Good representation of failure behaviour 3
2
(drained)
DilatancyPlaxis
can be included
Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 42/448
40
Possibilities and limitations of the Linear Elastic- Perfectly Plastic (LEPP) Mohr-
Coulomb model

Limitations and disadvantages

Isotropic and homogeneous behaviour


Until failure linear elastic behaviour
No stress/stress-path/strain-dependent 1
stiffness
No distinction between primary loading and
unloading or reloading
Dilatancy continues for ever (no critical state)
3
Be careful with undrained behaviour 2
No time-dependency (creep)
41

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 43/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 3
Exercise 1: Shallow Foundation on Elasto-plastic Soil
Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 44/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

ELASTOPLASTIC ANALYSIS OF A
FOOTING

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 45/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

INTRODUCTION
One of the simplest forms of a foundation is the shallow foundation. In this exercise we will
model such a shallow foundation with a width of 2 meters and a length that is sufficiently long
in order to assume the model to be a plane strain model. The foundation is put on top of a 4m
thick clay layer. The clay layer has a saturated weight of 18 kN/m3 and an angle of internal
friction of 200 .

Figure 1: Geometry of the shallow foundation.

The foundation carries a small building that is being modelled with a vertical point force.
Additionally a horizontal point force is introduced in order to simulate any horizontal loads
acting on the building, for instance wind loads. Taking into account that in future additional
floors may be added to the building the maximum vertical load (failure load) is assessed. For
the determination of the failure load of a strip footing analytical solutions are available from for
instance Vesic, Brinch Hansen and Meyerhof:

Qf
B
= c Nc + 12 0 B N
0
Nq = e tan tan2 (45 + 12 0 )
0
q 1) cot
Nc = (N
0
2(Nq + 1) tan
(V esic)
N = 1.5(Nq 1) tan 0 (Brinch Hansen)

(Nq 1) tan(1.4 0 ) (M eyerhof )

This leads to a failure load of 117 kN/ m2 (Vesic), 98 kN/m2 (Brinch Hansen) or 97 kN/m2
(Meyerhof) respectively.

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 46/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

SCHEME OF OPERATIONS
This exercise illustrates the basic idea of a finite element deformation analysis. In order to
keep the problem as simple as possible, only elastic perfectly-plastic behaviour is considered.
Besides the procedure to generate the finite element mesh, attention is paid to the input of
boundary conditions, material properties, the actual calculation and inspection of some output
results.

Aims
Input

Start new project


Soil mode

* Create soil layers


* Create and assign soil material sets
Structures mode

* Create footing
* Create load
Mesh mode

* Generate mesh
Staged construction mode

* Determine initial situation


* Calculation of vertical load representing the building weight
* Calculation of vertical and horizontal load representing building weight and wind
force
* Calculation of vertical failure load.
Output

Inspect deformations
Inspect failure mechanism
Inspect load-displacement curve

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 47/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

INPUT
Introduction
Start PLAXIS 2D by double-clicking the icon of the PLAXIS 2D Input program. The Quick
select dialog box will appear in which you can select to start an new project or open an
existing one. Choose Start a new project (see Figure 2). Now the Project properties window
appears, consisting of the two tabsheets Project and Model (see Figure 3 and Figure 4).

Figure 2: Quick select dialog

Project properties
The first step in every analysis is to set the basic parameters of the finite element model.
This is done in the Project properties window. These settings include the description of the
problem, the type of analysis, the basic type of elements, the basic units and the size of the
drawing area.

Project tabsheet

In the Project tabsheet, enter Exercise 1 in the Title box and type Elasto-plastic analysis of
a drained footing or any other text in the Comments box.

Model tabsheet

In the Model tabsheet several model specific parameters can be specified

In the Type box the type of the analysis (Model) and the basic element type (Elements)
are specified. As this exercise concerns a strip footing, choose Plane strain from the
Model combo box. Select 15-node from the Elements combo box.

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 48/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 3: Project tabsheet of the Project Properties window

Figure 4: Model tabsheet of the Project properties window

The Units box defines the units for length, force and time that have to be used in this
project. There is a choice for several units, both metric and emperial.
For this project use the default units (Length = m; Force = kN; Time = day).

In the Contour box the size of the considered geometry must be entered. The values
entered here determine the size of subsoil input window. PLAXIS will automatically add
a small margin so that the geometry will fit well within the draw area. Enter xmin =0.00,
xmax =14.00, ymin =0.00 and ymax =4.25, see figure 4

Click on the OK button below the tabsheets to close the Project properties window.

Hint: In the case of a mistake or for any other reason that the project properties
should be changed, you can access the Project properties window by
selecting the Project properties option from the File menu.

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 49/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Soil Mode
The program is now in Soil mode in which the subsoil should be created. As shown in figure
1 the subsoil consist of a single 4m thick clay layer and creating this layer is done in 2 steps:
first the soil layer is defined through the definition of a borehole, after which the material set
representing the clay is defined and assigned to the appropriate layer.

Create soil layer


Select the button Create borehole ( ) and click in the drawing area on the origin to
indicate a borehole should be created there. The Modify soil layers window opens, see
figure 5. Intially this window is empty as no boreholes have been defined yet for this
project.

Figure 5: The initial Modify soil layers window

Now click the Add button in order to add a layer to the borehole.
On the Soil layers tabsheet the different soil layers present in the borehole must be
defined. In this exercise there is only 1 soil layer with the Top at 4.0m and the Bottom at
0.0m, see figure 6.
On the left side of the Modify soil layers window there is a graphical representation of
the borehole. Note that the soil layer does not have a soil material assigned yet.
Above the borehole the Head option specifies the position of the global water level in
this borehole. In this exercise it is assumed that the phreatic level is at groundlevel, so
the Head must be set equal to 4.0 to indicate that the phreatic level is at ground level.

Now press the <OK> button to close the Modify soil layers window. The drawing area
now shows a grey rectangular subsoil.

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 50/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 6: The Modify soil layers window with 1 borehole containing 1 soil layer

Create and assign material sets


In this exercise 2 material sets will be used: one material set for the clay layer, and the second
material set will be used to model the concrete footing. To create the material sets, follow
these steps:

Select the Materials button ( ) - the Material sets window will open. The list of
material sets available for this project is still empty.

Click on the New button at the lower side of the Material Sets window. A new dialog box
will appear with five tabsheets: General, Parameters, Flow parameters, Interfaces and
Initial (see figure 7).

In the Material Set box of the General tabsheet, write Clay in the Identification box.

Select Mohr-Coulomb from the Material model combo box and Drained from the Material
type combo box.

Enter the proper values for the weights in the General properties box according to the
material properties listed in table 1

Click on either the Next button or click on the Parameters tabsheet to proceed with
the input of model parameters. The parameters appearing on the Parameters tabsheet
depend on the selected material model (in this case the Mohr-Coulomb model).

Enter the model parameters of table 1 in the corresponding edit boxes of the Parameters
tabsheet. The parameters in the Alternatives and Velocities group are automatically
calculated from the parameters entered earlier.

See also figure 8. In this figure the Advanced parameters part has been collapsed.

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 51/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 7: General tabsheet of the soil and interface data set window for Clay

Since the geometry model does not include groundwater flow or interfaces, the third and
fourth tabsheet can be skipped. Click on the OK button to confirm the input of the current
material data set.

Now the created data set will appear in the tree view of the Material Sets window.

Table 1: Material properties of the clay layer and the concrete footing.
Parameter Symbol Clay Concrete Unit
Material model Model Mohr-Coulomb Linear elastic
Type of behaviour Type Drained Non-porous
Weight above phreatic level unsat 16.0 24.0 kN/m3
Weight below phreatic level sat 18.0 kN/m3
Youngs modulus E0 5.0103 2.0107 kN/m2
Poissons ratio 0 0.35 0.15
0
Cohesion cref 5.0 kN/m2
Friction angle 0 20
Dilatancy angle 0

For the concrete of the footing repeat the procedure, but choose a Linear Elastic material
behaviour and enter the properties for concrete as shown in table 1 (see also figures 9 and
10).

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 52/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 8: Parameters tabsheet of the soil and interface data set window for Clay

Figure 9: General tabsheet of the soil and interface data set window for Concrete

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 53/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 10: Parameters tabsheet of the soil and interface data set window for Concrete

Now from the Material sets window drag the Clay material set with the mouse over the
grey subsoil and drop it. The subsoil should now get the colour of the material set, see
figure 11.

Figure 11: Subsoil before (left) and after (right) assigning the Clay material set

This ends the creation of the subsoil in Soil mode. By clicking on the Structures tabsheet now
move to Structures mode.

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 54/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Structures mode

Introduction
In Structures mode the footing as well as the point load acting on the footing will be created.
However, first an adjustment to the snapping interval must be made in order to be able to draw
the 0.25m thick footing. By default, the snapping interval is set to 1m.

From the vertical toolbar select the Snapping options button ( ). The Snapping window
now opens.

Make sure the options Enable snapping and Show grid are selected

Leave the Spacing to 1 m

Set the Number of snap intervals to 4. This means that every spacing of 1 meter is
divided in 4, hence the snapping distance will be 0.25m.

Click the <OK> button to confirm the new settings and close the window.

Create footing

1. Select the Create soil button ( ) and from the drop-down list that opens now select
the Create soil rectangle button ( ).

2. Move the mouse cursor to the coordinates (x y) = (6 4) and single-click the left mouse
button

3. Now move the mouse cursor to the coordinates (x y) = (8 4.25) and single-click the left
mouse button again. We have now created the footing.

4. Select the Show materials button ( ), the Material sets window will open.

5. Drag-and-drop the Concrete material set onto the footing.

Create load

1. Select the Create load button ( ) and from the drop-down list that opens select the
Create point load option ( ).

2. Move the mouse cursor to the coordinates (x y) = (7 4.25) and single-click the left mouse
button to insert the point load.

This concludes the creation of the footing and loads. By clicking on the Mesh tabsheet now
move to Mesh mode.

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 55/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Mesh mode
In Mesh mode the user can specify necessary mesh refinements and generate the mesh. In
this exercises no additional mesh refinement will be used.

Select the Generate mesh button ( ). The Mesh options window will open.

Leave the Element distribution to Medium and press <OK> to start mesh generation

If mesh generation finished succesfully this will be confirmed in the Command explorer
with the message "Generated XX elements, YY nodes" where XX and YY stand for the
amount of elements and nodes respectively.

Select the View mesh button in order to view the generated mesh, see figure 12.

Figure 12: Generated mesh

Close the mesh window by selecting the green <Close> button. This ends the Mesh mode.
As no water levels will be used in this exercise, the Water levels mode can be skipped and we
can move directly to Staged construction mode to define the calculation phases.

Staged construction mode


In Staged construction mode all calculation phases will be defined. In this exercise we will use
5 calculation phases, which includes the initial phase.

Initial phase
The initial phase represents the field conditions that exist at the moment our project starts.
This means that only the subsoil exists in the initial conditions whereas the footing should be
deactivated.

12 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 56/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Right-click on the footing. The footing will become red (indicating it is selected) and a
drop-down menu appears.
From the drop-down menu select the option Deactivate in order to deactivate the footing.

Phase 1: Construction of the footing

In the Phase explorer select the Add phase button ( ) so that a new phase will be
added.
Right-click on the footing and from the drop-down menu that appears select the option
Activate to activate the footing, see figure 13.

Figure 13: Geometry configuration for the initial phase (left) and phase 1 (right)

Phase 2: Apply vertical load

In the Phase explorer select the Add phase button ( ) so that a new phase will be
added.
Click on the point on which the load acts so that it becomes red. On the left side the data
of the load now appears in the Selection explorer.
Activate the point load and set the value of the vertical component, Fy,ref = -50 kN (=
downwards), see figure 14.

Phase 3: Add horizontal load


In the Phase explorer select the Add phase button ( ) so that a new phase will be
added.
Click on the point on which the load acts so that it becomes red. On the left side the data
of the load again appears in the Selection explorer.
Set the value of the vertical component of the point load, Fx,ref = 20 kN, see figure 14.

Computational Geotechnics 13

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 57/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Figure 14: Activating and changing the point load through the Selection explorer in phase 2
(left) and phase 3 (right)

Phase 4: Vertical failure load


In this phase we will calculate the vertical failure load as if no horizontal load has been applied.
This means that phase 4 must be a continuation of applying the vertical load in phase 2.

In the Phase explorer select phase 2 so that it will show in bold letter type

Now select the Add phase button ( ) so that a new phase will be added that follows on
phase 2 rather than on phase 3.

Click on the point on which the load acts so that it becomes red. On the left side the data
of the load again appears in the Selection explorer.

Set the value of the vertical component of the point load, Fy,ref = -500 kN. Note that
Fx,ref should remain 0 (zero).

This finishes the definition of the calculation phases for this project.

Calculation

Load-displacement curves
As a calculation result we would like to draw a load-settlement curve for the footing. In order
to do so, the user must select one or more points for which Plaxis has to gather data during
the calculation:

Select the Select points for curves button ( ). The output program now opens, showing
the mesh with all nodes.

14 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 58/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Select the node in the middle underneath the footing, hence at or very close to (x y) = (7
4). The node will appear in the Select points list, see figure 15.

Close Plaxis Output by clicking the green <Update> button.

Figure 15: Selecting points for node displacement curves

Calculate

Press the Calculate button ( ) to start the calculation.


Note that the last calculation phase fails: the intended vertical load of 500 kN cannot be fully
applied due to failure of the subsoil underneath the footing.

Computational Geotechnics 15

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 59/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

RESULTS
Output

After the calculation finishes, click the View calculation results button ( ). Plaxis Output
will open, showing the calculation results of the last calculation phase.
By default Plaxis Output will show the Defomed mesh, see figure 16. If this is not the case the
Deformed mesh can be shown by choosing the menu Deformations Deformed mesh |u|.

Figure 16: Deformed mesh after phase 4

Now choose the menu option Deformations Incremental displacements|u|, see figure
17.
The incremental displacements is the change in displacements in the current calculation
step (here that is the last calculation step of the phase 4). Under working conditions the
change of displacement per calculation step is quite small, but in case of failure, the change of
displacements can be large inside the failure zone. Therefore the Incremental displacements
graph can be very suitable for detecting whether failure occurs and what the failure zone may
look like. Figure 17 shows the typical Prandtl-like failure zone.

Figure 17: Incremental displacements for the final calculation step of phase 4

Finally, we will inspect the load-settlement curve and determine the failure load. To do so,
follow these steps:

16 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 60/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

From the button bar select the Curves manager button ( ). The Curves manager will
open.
In the Curves manager select the <New> button in order to generate a new curve. Now
the Curve generation window opens.
In the Curve generation window, select for the x-axis data from point A (instead of Project
data) from the drop down list.
Now in the tree below, select Deformations Total displacements |u|
For the y-axis we will plot a Project value, and that is the Multiplier M stage.
Press <OK>. A curve as can be seen in figure 18 will show.

Figure 18: Load-settlement curve

In a Plaxis calculation any change made in a construction phase leads to a so-called unbalance,
that is a disturbance between the total of the internal stresses and the external load. This
unbalance is gradually solved using the M stage multiplier. The M stage multiplier indicates
how much of the unbalance has been solved, where M stage = 0 indicates that no unbalance
was solved and M stage = 1 that the full unbalance has been solved.
In the curve shown in figure 18 the lines at the left indicate the variation of M stage for the first
3 calculation phases, where as the long curved line shows the variation of M stage during
the final phase.
It shows that at failure occurs when M stage = 0.38, hence 38% of the unbalance was solved.
In this case the unbalance applied was the increase of the vertical load from 50 kN/m to 500
kN/m. Hence, at failure the total load applied is the load at the beginning of the phase (50
kN/m) plus 38% of the change of load that could be applied: Fmax = 50 + 0.38 (500 50) = 221
kPa
The exact value of the M stage multiplier can be inspected by moving the mouse cursor over
the plotted line. A tooltip box will show up with the data of the current location.

Computational Geotechnics 17

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 61/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Comparison
In addition to the mesh used in this exercise calculations were performed using a very coarse
mesh with a local refinement at the bottom of the footing and a very fine mesh. Fine meshes
will normally give more accurate results than coarse meshes. Instead of refining the whole
mesh, it is generally better to refine the most important parts of the mesh, in order to reduce
computing time. Here we see that the differences are small (when considering 15-noded
elements), which means that we are close to the exact solution. The accuracy of the 15-
noded element is superior to the 6-noded element, especially for the calculation of failure
loads.
Hint: In plane strain calculations, but even more significant in axi-symmetric
calculations, for failure loads, the use of 15-noded elements is recommended.
The 6-noded elements are known to overestimate the failure load, but are ok
for deformations at serviceability states.

Table 2: Results for the maximum load reached on a strip footing on the drained sub-soil for
different 2D meshes

Mesh size Element Nr. of Max. Failure


type elements load load
[kN/m] [kN/m2 ]
Medium mesh 15-noded 212 221 117
Very coarse mesh 6-noded 84 281 147
Medium mesh 6-noded 212 246 129
Very fine mesh 6-noded 626 245 129
Very coarse mesh 15-noded 84 224 118
Very fine mesh 15-noded 626 221 117
Analytical solutions of:
- Vesic 117
- Brinch Hansen 98
- Meyerhof 97

In this table the failure load has been calculated as:

Qu M aximum f orce M aximum f orce


B
= B
+ concrete d = 2
+6

From the above results it is clear that fine FE meshes give more accurate results. On the other
hand the performance of the 15-noded elements is superior over the performance of the lower
order 6-noded elements. Needless to say that computation times are also influenced by the
number and type of elements.

18 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 62/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

ADDITIONAL EXERCISE:

UNDRAINED FOOTING

Computational Geotechnics 19

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 63/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

INTRODUCTION
When saturated soils are loaded rapidly, the soil body will behave in an undrained manner, i.e.
excess pore pressures are being generated. In this exercise the special PLAXIS feature for
the treatment of undrained soils is demonstrated.

SCHEME OF OPERATIONS
In PLAXIS, one generally enters effective soil properties and this is retained in an undrained
analysis. In order to make the behaviour undrained one has to select undrained A as the type
of drainage. Please note that this is a special PLAXIS option as most other FE-codes require
the input of undrained parameters e.g. Eu and u .

Aims
The understanding and application of undrained soil behaviour

How to deal with excess pore pressures.

Use previous input file and ave as new data file

Soil mode

Change material properties, undrained behaviour for clay

Mesh mode

Mesh generation, global mesh refinement B)

Staged construction mode

Re-run existing calculation phases

Output

Inspect excess pore pressures

Soil mode

20 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 64/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

INPUT
Use previous input file
If PLAXIS Input is no longer open, start PLAXIS by clicking on the icon of the Input program
and select the existing project file from the last exercise (drained footing). From the File menu
select Save As and save the existing project under a new file name (e.g. exercise 1b).

Change material properties

Change material properties by selecting the Show materials button ( ). Please note
that this button is only available in Soil mode, Structures mode and Staged construction
mode.

From the Material sets window, select the Clay and click on the <Edit> button.

In the Soil window that opened on the first tab sheet (General) change the Drainage
type to "Undrained A" and close the data set.

Mesh generation
The mesh generator in PLAXIS allows for several degrees of refinement. In this example
we will globally refine the mesh, resulting in an increased number of finite elements to be
distributed along the geometry lines:

Go to the Mesh mode

Select the Generate mesh button ( ) and in the Mesh settings window choose Fine
for the Elements distribution.

Calculation
Go to the Staged construction mode. All phases are indicated by (blue arrows)

After mesh (re)generation, staged construction settings remain and phase information is rewritten
automatically for the newly generated mesh. However, this is not the case for points for load
displacement curves due to the new numbering of the mesh nodes.

Click on the Select points for curves button ( ) in the toolbar. Reselect the node
located in the centre directly underneath the footing

Computational Geotechnics 21

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 65/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

Click on the Calculate button ( ) to recalculate the analysis. Due to undrained


behaviour of the soil there will be failure in the 3rd and 4th calculation phase.

OUTPUT
As mentioned in the introduction of this example, the compressibility of water is taken into
account by assigning undrained behaviour to the clay layer. This normally results, after
loading, in excess pore pressures. The excess pore pressures may be viewed in the output
window by selecting:

Select in the Phases explorer the phase for which you would like to see output results.

Start the output program by clicking the View calculation results button ( ).

In PLAXIS Output, select from the Stresses menu the option Pore pressures and then
pexcess , this results in figure 19.

The excess pore pressures may be viewed as contour lines ( ), shadings ( ), stress
crosses ( ) or as tabulated output ( ). If, in general, stresses are tensile stresses the
principal directions are drawn with arrow points. It can be seen that after phase 3 on the
left side of the footing there are excess pore tensions due to the horizontal movement of the
footing. The total pore pressures are visualised using the option of active pore pressures.
These are the sum of the steady state pore pressures as generated from the phreatic level
and the excess pore pressures as generated from undrained loading.

Figure 19: Excess pore pressures at the end of the 3rd phase

Select from the Stresses menu the option Pore pressures and then pactive . The results
are given in figure .

22 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 66/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

From the load displacement curve it can be seen that the failure load in the last phase is
considerably lower for this undrained case compared to the drained situation, as expected.
For the undrained case the failure load is just under 70 kPa.

Figure 20: Active pore pressures at the end of the 3rd phase

Computational Geotechnics 23

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 67/448
Elastoplastic analysis of a footing

APPENDIX A: BEARING CAPACITY


CALCULATION
Given the formula for bearing capacity of a strip footing:

Qf
B
= c Nc + 12 0 B N
0
Nq = e tan tan2 (45 + 12 0 )
0
q 1) cot
Nc = (N
0
2(Nq + 1) tan
(V esic)
N = 1.5(Nq 1) tan 0 (Brinch Hansen)

(Nq 1) tan(1.4 0 ) (M eyerhof )

Filling in given soil data:

Nq = e tan(20) tan2 (55) = 6.4


1) cot(20) = 14.84
Nc = (6.4
2(6.4 + 1) tan(20) = 5.39
(V esic)
N = 1.5(6.4 1) tan(20) = 2.95 (Brinch Hansen)

(6.4 1) tan(28) = 2.97 (M eyerhof )

The effective weight of the soil:

0 = w 10 kN/m3 = 18 10 = 8 kN/m3

For a strip foundation this gives:



1 2
5 14.83 + 2 8 2 5.39 117 kN/m
(V esic)
Qf
B
= c Nc + 12 0 B N = 5 14.83 + 12 8 2 2.95 98 kN/m2 (Brinch Hansen)

5 14.83 + 21 8 2 2.87 97 kN/m2 (M eyerhof )

24 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 68/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 4
Critical State Soil Mechanics and Soft Soil Model
Professor Helmut Schweiger

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 69/448
S C I E N C E P A S S I O N T E C H N O L O G Y

CG 04
CRITICAL STATE SOIL MECHANICS
SOFT SOIL MODEL

Helmut F. Schweiger
Computational Geotechnics Group
Institute for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Graz University of Technology

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


2
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

CONTENTS

Direct shear test


Triaxial tests
Critical state line
Modified Cam Clay model (MCC)
Drained and undrained triaxial stress paths (NC / OC)
Plaxis Soft Soil model
Possible enhancements of Critical State Models

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 70/448
1
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
3
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
DIRECT
Slow DirectSHEAR
Shear Tests TEST
on Triassic Clay,NC Slow Direct Shear Tests on Triassic Clay, Raleigh, NC
140 140
n ' Strength Parameters:

(kPa)
Shear Stress, (kPa)

120
Peak
(kPa)=
120
c' = 0; ' = 26.1 o
214.5
100 100


80

Shear Stress,
80 Peak

60 135.0 60
0.491 = tan '
40 40
Peak
20 45.1 20

0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 50 100 150 200 250

Displacement, (mm) Effective Normal Stress, n' (kPa)

v v

Direct Shear Box (DSB) Direct Simple Shear (DSS)


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


4
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

NC NC

CSL CSL

Log v' CSL


tan'
Shear stress

CSSM Premise:
All stress paths fail on the
critical state line (CSL)

c=0
Effective stress v'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 71/448
2
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
5
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

e0
e NC
NC
ef

CSL CSL

Log v' vo
CSL
STRESS PATH No.1 max = c + tan tan'

Shear stress
NC Drained Soil

Given: e0, vo, NC (OCR=1)

Drained Path: u = 0
Volume Change is Contractive:
c=0
vol = e/(1+e0) < 0 Effective stress v' vo
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


6
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

e0
NC
NC
CSL
CSL
vf vo Log v' CSL
tan'
STRESS PATH No.2
Shear stress

NC Undrained Soil
max = cu = su u
Given: e0, vo, NC (OCR=1)
Undrained Path: V/V0 = 0
+u = Positive Excess Porewater vf
Pressures vo
Effective stress v'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 72/448
3
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
7
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

CS OC

NC
NC
CSL
CSL

Log v'
p' CSL

Shear stress
tan'
Overconsolidated States:
e0, vo, and OCR = p/vo
where p = vmax = Pc =
preconsolidation stress;
OCR = overconsolidation ratio
Effective stress v' p'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


8
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

e0
OC
CS NC NC

CSL CSL

vo' vf' Log v'


CSL
Stress Path No. 3
Shear stress

tan'
Undrained OC Soil: u
e0, vo, and OCR

Stress Path: V/V0 = 0


Negative Excess u
vo' Effective stress v'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 73/448
4
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
9
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Mayne, 2006
CC
Void Ratio, e

e0
OC
CS NC
NC

CSL CSL

vo'
Log v'
CSL
Stress Path No. 4 tan'
Drained OC Soil:
e0, vo, and OCR

Stress Path: u = 0

Dilatancy: V/V0 > 0


vo'
Effective stress v'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


10
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

a) b)

Typical results from drained (a) and undrained (b) triaxial tests on normally consolidated soils
(from Atkinson & Bransby, 1978)
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 74/448
5
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
11
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

a)
b)
Typical results from drained (a) and undrained (b) triaxial tests on overconsolidated soils
(from Atkinson & Bransby, 1978)
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


12
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

DRAINED TRIAXIAL TEST (NC)

1+e

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 75/448
6
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
13
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

UNDRAINED TRIAXIAL TEST (NC)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


14
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 76/448
7
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
15
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

NCL AND CSL IN p-q-v - SPACE

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


16
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

UNDRAINED PLANES

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 77/448
8
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
17
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

DRAINED PLANES

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


18
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

STATE BOUNDARY SURFACE

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 78/448
9
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
19
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

OVERCONSOLIDATION

OCR is very important for


soil behaviour

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


20
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

M
1

CSL f=0

Right from the M-line (wet side): q < M p d vp 0, d sp 0 (contraction, hardening)


Left from the M-line (dry side): q > M p d vp 0, d sp 0 (dilatancy, softening)

On the ellipse top: q = M p


d vp 0, d sp Failure!

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 79/448
10
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
21
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Stiffness: primary loading

B-C-D-E-F: slope of yield locus becomes flatter


ratio distortional/volumetric strain becomes larger
normally consolidated
drained compression
D. Muir Wood, 1990
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


22
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Stiffness:
- unloading / reloading
- primary loading

lightly overconsolidated
drained compression D. Muir Wood, 1990
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 80/448
11
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
23
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

heavily overconsolidated
drained compression

D. Muir Wood, 1990


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


24
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

due to plastic soil behaviour

due to change of stress

normally consolidated
undrained compression

D. Muir Wood, 1990


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 81/448
12
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
25
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

due
duetotoplastic
plasticsoil
soilbehaviour
behaviour

due
duetotochange
changeofofstress
stress

lightly overconsolidated
undrained compression

D. Muir Wood, 1990


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


26
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

due to change of stress

due to plastic soil behaviour

heavily overconsolidated
undrained compression

D. Muir Wood, 1990


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 82/448
13
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
27
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Elastic deformation is generated according to:


p'
e e e0 e ln 0 unloading/reloading
p

Total deformation is generated according to:


p'
e e0 ln primary compression
p0

e = void ratio
= swelling index
= compression index

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


28
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

Generally we prefer notation in strains:

p'
ve ve 0 * ln 0 , *
p 1 e
p'
vp vp 0 ( * * ) ln 0
, *

p 1 e

v = volumetric strain
* = modified swelling index
* = modified compression index

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 83/448
14
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
29
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

PLAXIS SOFT SOIL MODEL

M
q 1 MC-line
K0NC


p
pp

Soft Soil model:


Mohr-Coulomb failure surface for strength
M-line for determining K0NC
(no longer acts as CSL, only determines shape of cap)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


30
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

MODIFIED CAM CLAY WITH MOHR COULOMB

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 84/448
15
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
31
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

p
Input Parameters:
*
* = / 1+e .. Modified compression index
* = / 1+e .. Modified swelling index *

c Cohesion
Friction angle
Dilatancy angle
ur .. Poisson's ratio for unloading

K0nc . Coefficient of lateral earth pressure in normal consolidation


M . K0nc parameter

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


32
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

SS vs MC MODEL - OEDOMETER TEST


Chart 1
vertical strain
0
SS

MC

-0.1

-0.2

-0.3

-0.4

-0.5
0 -100 -200 -300 -400 -500 -600
vertical stress [kN/m2]

vertical stress vs vertical strain


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 85/448
16
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
33
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

SS vs MC MODEL - OEDOMETER TEST Chart 1


vertical stress [kN/m2]
-600
SS

MC

-500

-400

-300

-200

-100

0
0 -50 -100 -150 -200 -250 -300 -350
horizontal stress [kN/m2]

horizontal stress vs vertical stress


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


34
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

PRIMARY LOADING - UNLOADING / RELOADING

elastic
Stiffness: primary loading
region

Stiffness: unloading / reloading

current yield surface

Stiffness: unloading / reloading

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 86/448
17
Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model
35
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

MCC-MODEL - FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS

"Bubble models" with


kinematic hardening
e.g. 3-SKH Model
(Baudet & Stallebrass, 2004)

Anisotropic models based on


Modified Cam Clay (rotated yield
surfaces)
e.g. Wheeler, Ntnen, Karstunen
& Lojander (2003)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Critical State / Plaxis Soft Soil model


36
Direct Shear Test | Triaxial Test | Critical State Line | Modified Cam Clay | Stress Paths | Plaxis Soft Soil | Possible Enhancements

MCC-MODEL - FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS

Atkinson & Sallfors (1991)


e.g. Leroueil & Vaughan (1990)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 87/448
18
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 5
Hardening Soil and HS-small Models
Professor Helmut Schweiger

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 88/448
S C I E N C E P A S S I O N T E C H N O L O G Y

CG5
HARDENING SOIL SMALL MODEL

Helmut F. Schweiger
Computational Geotechnics Group
Institute for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Graz University of Technology

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


2
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

CONTENTS

Introduction (why advanced model?)


Short description of Hardening Soil Model
Parameters of Hardening Soil Model
Comparison with experimental data
Influence of important parameters
Extension to account for small strain stiffness (HS-Small)
Summary

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 89/448
1
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
3
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Soil behaviour includes:

difference in behaviour for primary loading reloading/unloading


nonlinear behaviour well below failure conditions
stress dependent stiffness
plastic deformation for isotropic or K0-stress paths
dilatancy is not constant
small strain stiffness (at very low strains and upon stress reversal)
influence of density on strength and stiffness

cannot be accounted for with simple


elastic-perfectly plastic constitutive models

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


4
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

oedometer test

1-

HS MC

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 90/448
2
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
5
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

q [kN/m2]
250

Mohr Coulomb Model


200

HS-Model
150

100

50

0
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
eps_axial

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


6
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

smax
Model
[mm]

LE 33

MC 36

HS 60
distance [m ]

0 3 6 9 12 15
-0,2

0,2
s / smax [-]

0,4
Linear Elastic
0,6
Mohr Coulomb
All models calculate settlements
0,8 Hardening Soil Differences in shape of trough
1 and maximum values

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 91/448
3
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
7
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Example for vertical displacements behind a retaining wall

Typical vertical displacements behind a retaining wall


(sheet pile wall in clay)
120

Mohr Coulomb
100
vertical displacements [mm]

80

Hard. Soil
60

40

20

0
0 5 10 15 20
-20

-40

distance from wall [m]

> Hardening Soil Model calculates Settlements


> Mohr-Coulomb Model calculates Heave

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


8
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

TRIAXIAL TEST
Applied stress path and results for standard drained triaxial test
1
1
3= constant
3

1
isotropic loading
q 1 3 1

dense soil
3

loose dense
qf qr

1 1
q f = failure value vol loose

q r = residual value vol volumetric 1 2 3


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 92/448
4
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
9
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

HYPERBOLIC APPROXIMATION OF STANDARD DRAINED TEST

q 1 3
E50
1

50%
Hyperbola

50%

1
qa q
3 a
m 1
E50 Eref
50
2 E50 qa q
pref a

Eref
50 = reference modulus for primary loading at 50% of strength

msand 0.5 ; mclay 1

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


10
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

HYPERBOLIC APPROXIMATION OF STANDARD DRAINED TEST

q 1 3

Asymptote

qf
qa R f 0.9
Hyperbola qf
Rf

hyperbolic for q < qf otherwise q = qf

2 sin
qf 3 a a c cot MC failure criterion
1 sin

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 93/448
5
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
11
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

HYPERBOLIC APPROXIMATION OF STANDARD DRAINED TEST

q 1 3

Asymptote

qa
Hyperbola

qa q
1
2 E 50 qa q

3 3 qa q
shear strain 1 3 1
2 4 E 50 qa q

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


12
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

SHEAR STRAIN CONTOURS IN P-Q-PLANE


c 0

q q
0.05

0.01

p p

sands : m 0.5 clays : m 1


curved lines straight lines

m
3 qa q 3 a 2 sin a
E50 Eref qa (3 a)
50 1 sin a
4E50 q qa pref a

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 94/448
6
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
13
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

LINES OF EQUAL SHEAR STRAINS IN TRIAXIAL TEST

Ref. : Ishihara, Tatsuoka and Yasuda (1975). Undrained deformation and liquefaction of sand under
cyclic stresses. Soils and Foundations, Vol. 15, No. 1.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


14
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

2c ' cos ' 2 '3 sin '


R f qa Failure according to MC criterion
1 sin '

m
c ' cos ' '3 sin '
E50 E ref
50 c ' cos ' p ref sin '

m
c ' cos ' '3 sin '
Eur E ref
ur c 'cos ' p ref sin '

Note: Stress-dependent stiffness based on 3

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 95/448
7
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
15
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DEFINITION OF E50

E50, reference pressure = 200 kPa

E50, reference pressure = 100 kPa


1 3 kPa

3 600 kPa

1500

300

500
100

0 0.1 0.2 0.3

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


16
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

STIFFNESS IN UNLOADING-RELOADING

Triaxial tests:
Unloading is purely
elastic in HS model

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 96/448
8
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
17
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

LINES OF EQUAL VOLUMETRIC STRAINS IN TRIAXIAL TEST

Biarez, J. & Hicher, P.-Y. (1994), Elementary Mechanics of Soil Behaviour, Balkema - Publishers.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


18
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

LINES OF EQUAL VOLUMETRIC STRAINS IN TRIAXIAL TEST


q [MN/m]

vol 0.25

vol 0.20
0.14
0.07

p [MN/m]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 97/448
9
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
19
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DENSITY HARDENING IN THE HS MODEL

q MC failure line

Cap
pp

pp p

1 m
c ' cot ' p p is determined by K0nc
p

1 m c ' cot ' p ref


v
is determined by Eoedref

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


20
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DEFINITION OF Eoed

m
c cot 1
Eoed E ref

oed c cot p holds strictly for K0-stress paths only
ref
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 98/448
10
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
21
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

ELASTIC REGION
f < 0 + fc < 0
q

fc
f
1

pc
p
q = 1 - 3
REGION 1
p = (1 + 2 + 3) / 3 no yield surface active > elastic

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


22
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

SHEAR HARDENING

f > 0 + fc < 0
q

2
fc
f

pc
p

REGION 2
shear hardening surface active

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 99/448
11
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
23
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

SHEAR AND VOLUMETRIC HARDENING

f > 0 + fc > 0
q
3

fc
f

pc
p

REGION 3
shear hardening and volumetric hardening surfaces active

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


24
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

VOLUMETRIC HARDENING

f < 0 + fc > 0
q

f 4

pc p

REGION 4
volumetric hardening surface active

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 100/448
12
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
25
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

HARDENING SOIL MODEL IN PRINCIPAL STRESS SPACE

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


26
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

FLOW RULE
Volumetric behaviour
"stress dilatancy theory" (Rowe, 1962)
dilatancy angle > non-associated flow rule

vp sin m p
sin m sin cv
sin m
1 sin m sin cv

1' 3'
sin m
1' 3' 2c cot

sin sin
sin cv
1 sin sin
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 101/448
13
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
27
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

FLOW RULE
mobilized dilatancy angle for = 35
Note: flow rule in HS-small
35
30 =0
model is slightly different >
25 =5 dilation undrained shear strength
mobilized dilatancy angle []

20 = 20
15 = 35 predicted is different (lower)
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25 contraction
-30 cv cv
-35
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

mobilized friction angle []

negative values of are cut-off in Plaxis q


cv

mob

p'
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


28
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

FLOW RULE
Volumetric behaviour sin m sin cv
"stress dilatancy theory" (Rowe, 1962) sin m
1 sin m sin cv

plastic potential Q
m > cv = positive > dilation
q

x cv
x m = cv = 0

x
m < cv = negative > contraction
p'

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 102/448
14
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
29
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OEDOMETER TEST - COMPARISON MC / SS / HS


-600

-550

-500

-450 Mohr-Coulomb model:


vertical stress [kN/m2]

ratio 3/1 determined by


-400

-350

-300

-250
Hardening (Soft) Soil model:
Hardening Soil Model ratio 3/1 determined
Soft Soil Model
-200 by K0nc
Mohr Coulomb Model

-150
Unloading: ur
-100

-50

0
0 -50 -100 -150 -200 -250 -300 -350
horizontal stress [kN/m2]
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


30
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OEDOMETER TEST - COMPARISON MC / SS / HS


0.0

-0.1
vertical strain

-0.2
Hardening Soil Model
Soft Soil Model
Mohr Coulomb Model

-0.3

-0.4

-0.5
0 -100 -200 -300 -400 -500 -600
vertikal stress [kN/m2]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 103/448
15
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
31
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OVERCONSOLIDATION IN HS-MODEL
Initial pre-consolidation pressure Cap position based on
pp0 relates to initial p0 previous stress history
(p*, q*)
q
Calculation of p0 based on:
OCR (Over-Consolidation Ratio)
pp
POP (Pre-Overburden Pressure)
(p*,q*)
pP = Isotropic pre-cons. pressure
p = Vertical pre-cons. pressure
'0yy , p p

'0xx , p '0zz , p K0nc p


pp p
p * = 13 '0xx , p '0yy , p '0zz , p
q* | '0xx , p '0yy , p | Stress point due to current initial
stress state
2
q*
p p ( p*)2

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


32
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OVERCONSOLIDATION
Calculation of p0 based on OCR: Calculation of p0 based on POP:

p 0 OCR ' yy 0 p 0 ' yy 0 POP

p0
OCR POP
'yy0

'yy0 p0 'yy0 p0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 104/448
16
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
33
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PLASTIC POINTS

-1

Cap point

Mohr-Coulomb point
f<0
Cap & Hardening point

Hardening point

-3
-1

Tension point
-3
Tension cut-off: Principal tensile stress is set to zero

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


34
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PLASTIC POINTS

elastic-plastic

elastic

double hardening

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 105/448
17
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
35
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PLASTICITY IN HS MODEL

q
1. Elasticity
(unloading reloading)
5 4 2. Plasticity
3
(compression)
3. Plasticity
(shear)
1 1 2
4. Plasticity
1 1
(compression + shear)
5. Plasticity
(failure criterion)
p

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


36
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PARAMETERS OF HARDENING SOIL MODEL

friction angle
c cohesion
dilatancy angle

ref
E 50 secant modulus from triaxial test (controls deviatoric hardening)

ref tangential modulus from oedometer test


E oed (controls volumetric hardening)

ref
E ur unloading / reloading modulus

ref ref
default: E ur = 3 E 50

m power for stress dependency of stiffness

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 106/448
18
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
37
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PARAMETERS OF HARDENING SOIL MODEL

ur Poisson ratio for unloading / reloading (default ur = 0.2)

pref reference stress


(default pref = 100 stress units)

K0nc K0-value for normal consolidation (default = 1-sin)


(controls volumetric hardening)

Rf = qf / qa (default Rf = 0.9)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


38
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

PARAMETERS OF HARDENING SOIL MODEL

SANDS

Correllation for pref=100 kPa (Lengkeek)


ref
E oed I D 60 MPa ID = relative density

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 107/448
19
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
39
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Stiffness of sand

ref
E50 Eoed
ref How can this be true?

p ref

-1= p ref

-3 = p ref

-3 -1

Note: always plot Eoed, Eur distribution for initial stress state when
using HS-model

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


40
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Loose sands: E50ref 15 MPa


Dense sands: E50ref 50 MPa

m for clays:
approx. 0.9 1.0
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 108/448
20
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
41
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

For normally consolidated clays (m=1):

ref
Eoed 12 E50
ref
Order of magnitude (very rough)

50000 kPa
ref
Eoed Correlation with Ip for pref =100 kPa
Ip
500 kPa
ref
Eoed Correlation by Vermeer
wL 0.1
ref
Eoed p ref * Relation with Soft Soil model

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


42
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

drained

Ohde / Janbu:
m
1
Eoed E ref
oed ref
p

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 109/448
21
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
43
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Parameter limitations

HS model has internal parameters that are computed from our


engineering input parameters > not all combinations of input
parameters can be used. For very soft soils this could be a problem in
certain cases.

E50
pc
Eur Eoed
e.g. E50 / Eoed > 2 difficult to input
p
double hardening

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


44
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

TRIAXIAL TESTS ON LOOSE SAND

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 110/448
22
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
45
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

TRIAXIAL TESTS ON DENSE SAND

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


46
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

TRIAXIAL TESTS ON DENSE SAND

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 111/448
23
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
47
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OEDOMETER TESTS ON LOOSE SAND

-yy [kPa]
400

Hardening soil model

test data

300

200

100

0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
-yy

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


48
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

OEDOMETER TESTS ON DENSE SAND

-yy [kPa]
400

Hardening soil model


300
test data

200

100

0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
-yy

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 112/448
24
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
49
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

INFLUENCE E50 / Eoed


deviatoric
Stress [kN/m2] stress Triaxial Compression (drained)
250

Reference values
200

150
Eoed increased

100

50

E50 reduced

0
0 -5.00E-03 -0.010 -0.015 -0.020 -0.025 -0.030
Displacement [m]
axial strain

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


50
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

INFLUENCE E50 / Eoed

volumetric
Strain strain Triaxial Compression (drained)
0.000

-2.00E-03

-4.00E-03
Eoed increased

-6.00E-03

-8.00E-03
Reference values

-0.010
0 -5.00E-03 -0.010 -0.015 -0.020 -0.025 -0.030 -0.035

axial strain
Strain

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 113/448
25
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
51
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

SMALL STRAIN STIFFNESS

Typical curve of degradation of stiffness with strain

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


52
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

THE 1-DIMENSIONAL MODEL BY HARDIN & DRNEVICH


1.0

0.8
In its modified form, the reduction curve is specified
by the two parameters
0.6 G0 (or E0) and 0.7
G/G0[]

Experimental results after Santos & Correia


0.4 G 1

G0 1 a( / 0.7 )
0.2
a = 3/7

0.0
1e3 1e2 1e1 1e0 1e1 1e2 1e3
normalized shear strain / 0.7 [-] /0.7[]
NormalisierteScherdehnung

J.A. Santos, A.G. Correia. Reference threshold shear strain of soils. Its application to obtain a unique strain-dependent
shear modulus curve for soils. Proc. 15th ICSMGE, Istanbul (2001), Vol.1, pp. 267-270.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 114/448
26
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
53
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

If the small strain stiffness model after Hardin & Drnevich predicts a stiffness lower than
Gurref (Eurref respectively) the model switches to hardening plasticity of the standard
Hardening Soil model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: flow rule for deviatoric yield surface (volumetric behaviour) is
different in HSS model.
additional input parameters for HS-small
G0ref
40000 40000

TangentmodulusG[kN/m]
SecantmodulusG[kN/m]

30000 0.7 30000

20000 20000

Gurref
10000 10000
HSSmall
Hardin&Drnevich
0 0
1E5 0.0001 0.001 0.01 1E5 0.0001 0.001 0.01
Shearstrain[] Shearstrain[]
see also:
Thomas Benz, Small-Strain Stiffness of Soils and its Numerical Consequences,
Mitteilung 55 des Instituts fr Geotechnik, Universitt Stuttgart, 2007.
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


54
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DRAINED TRIAXIAL TEST / HS VS. HS-SMALL MODEL

160

140

120
HSsmall E0

HS
q [kN/m]

100

80

60

E0ref
40 G0ref
2(1 ur )
20
Et Eur
0
0 -0.002 -0.004 -0.006 -0.008 -0.01 -0.012 -0.014

yy

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 115/448
27
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
55
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DATA FOR SMALL STRAIN STIFFNESS


Hsu & Vucetic Vucetic & Dobry

Shear strain Shear strain

C-C. Hsu, M. Vucetic. Dynamic and cyclic behavior of soils over a wide range of shear strains in
NGI-type simple shear testing device, UCLA Report ENG-02-228, 2002.

M. Vucetic, R. Dobry. Effect of soil plasticity on cyclic response, Journal of Geotechnical


Engineering, ASCE 117 (1991), No. 1, 89-107.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


56
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DATA FOR SMALL STRAIN STIFFNESS


Typical values for G0 (in MPa) for reference stress of 100 kPa

Jamiolkowski et al. 1991

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 116/448
28
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
57
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

DATA FOR SMALL STRAIN STIFFNESS

(2.97 e)2
G0ref 33 [MPa] Hardin & Black (1969)
1 e
G0ref RD 70MPa 60MPa Lengkeek
0.385
0.7 2c(1 cos(2 )) 1(1 K0 )sin(2 ) Benz (2007)
4G0

Order of magnitude:

G0ref (2.5 to 10)Gurref

E urref
0.7 (1 to 2) 104 where Gurref
2(1 ur )

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model


58
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

EXAMPLE DEEP EXCAVATION

Region of small
Region of larger
strains: G > Gur
strains: G ~ Gur
0
3.0
20

40
Gm=Gref /Gurref
Gm []

2.0
60

80
1.0
100

20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
see also: Thomas Benz, Small-Strain Stiffness of Soils and its Numerical Consequences,
Mitteilung 55 des Instituts fr Geotechnik, Universitt Stuttgart, 2007.
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 117/448
29
CG5 - Hardening Soil Small Model
59
Introduction | Description of HS-Model | Parameters | Comparison with Experiments | Influence of Parameters | HS-small | Summary

Mohr-Coulomb Hardening Soil Hardening Soil


Model Model Small Model

Stress dependent stiffness* NO YES YES

Distinction in stiffness for


primary loading and unloading / NO YES YES
reloading

Plastic strains for stress states


below MC - failure line
(deviatoric and volumetric NO YES YES
hardening)

Failure according to
YES YES YES
Mohr-Coulomb

Small strain stiffness NO NO YES


* (not only dependent on 0, this is possible also with MC-Model)
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 -31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 118/448
30
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 6
Exercise 2: Simulation of Triaxial & Oedometer Tests
(Calibration of HS Model)
Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 119/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

SIMULATION OF LABORATORY TESTS

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 120/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 121/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

INTRODUCTION
In daily engineering practice soil parameters are obtained from one or more laboratory tests. In order to perform
the best possible Plaxis calculation these soil parameters have to be translated into input parameters for the
constitutive model used, taking into account the possibilities and limitations of the constitutive model. Most
parameters for the constitutive models used in Plaxis can be determined directly from standard laboratory tests
as triaxial tests and oedometer tests. However, due to the complexity of the models it is recommended to
not simply accept the parameters determined from those tests, but to actually model the tests and see if the
parameters found actually give a proper representation of the real laboratory test results within the limits of the
constitutive models. For this purpose the SoilTest module is available in Plaxis with which in a simple manner
laboratory tests can be simulated without the need for making a finite element model.
In this exercise the SoilTest tool will be used for the simulation of both oedometer and triaxial tests on sand and
clay.

CONTENT
Simulation of laboratory tests

Laboratory tests on Sand


Laboratory tests on Clay

Appendix A: Parameter determination

Appendix B: Introduction to the SoilTest tool

How to model an oedometer test


How to model a triaxial test

SIMULATION OF LABORATORY TESTS


In this exercise results from oedometer and triaxial tests are presented for two different materials and the aim is
to determine the parameters for the Hardening Soil model such that a simulation of the tests within Plaxis gives
the best possible results compared to the original laboratory tests. In short:

1. Determine soil parameters based on given real laboratory tests results

2. Perform the laboratory tests using SoilTest with the parameters found

3. Match SoilTest results with the original laboratory results to find the best matching model parameters for
the Hardening Soil model.

Exercise 1: Laboratory tests on sand

Parameter determination

On a sample of dense sand both oedometer tests and triaxial tests have been performed. The results of those
tests are given in the figures below. Use these figures to determine the parameters for the Hardening Soil model
and collect the parameters in Table 1 (see below the figures). Note that it is possible that some parameters
cannot be determined with the given laboratory results, in which case these parameters have to be estimated.

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 122/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 1: Oedometer test results on sand

Figure 2: Development of horizontal and vertical stress in oedometer test

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 123/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 3: Triaxial test unloading-reloading (cell pressure = 100 kPa)

Figure 4: Axial vs. volume strain in drained triaxial test

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 124/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Collect the soil parameters in table 1:

Table 1: Hardening Soil Parameters of the sand


Parameter Unit Value
ref
E50 [kPa]
ref
Eoed [kPa]
ref
Eur [kPa]
pref [kPa]
ur [-]
c [kPa]
0 [o ]
[o ]
m [-]
K0N C [-]

With these data perform a triaxial test in the SoilTest program.

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 125/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Exercise 2: Laboratory tests on clay

Figure 5: Oedometer test on Clay

Figure 6: Undrained triaxial (CU) tests at cell pressures of 100 kPa and 400 kPa

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 126/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 7: Undrained triaxial (CU) test at cell pressure of 100 kPa

Collect the soil parameters in table 2:

Table 2: Hardening Soil Parameters of the clay


Parameter Unit Value
ref
E50 [kPa]
ref
Eoed [kPa]
ref
Eur [kPa]
pref [kPa]
ur [-]
c [kPa]
0 [o ]
[o ]
m [-]
K0N C [-]

With these data perform an oedeometer test in the SoilTest program.

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 127/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

APPENDIX A: PARAMETER DETERMINATION


SAND
First we determine parameters from the triaxial test data.

Figure 8: Determine stiffness parameters from drained triaxial test

Cohesion and friction angle

For a cell pressure 30 = 100 kPa a maximum value of approximately |10 30 | = 400 kPa is reached at failure.
The Mohr-Coulomb failure criterium is:

1 0
2 |1 30 | + 12 (10 + 30 ) sin c cos = 0

Considering it is sand we assume that the cohesion is zero and so the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterium reduces
to:

|10 30 |
(10 +30 ) = sin

Filling in 30 = 100 kPa and 10 = 500 kPa as obtained from the test we find for the
friction angle0 = 420

Reference stiffness from triaxial test

The triaxial test stiffness E50 is the secant stiffness over the first 50% of the failure value for | 10 30 |. This is
indicated in red in the triaxial test graph of figure 8.

0 =100 kP a 400
E503 = 0.013 = 30800 kP a

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 128/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

The triaxial test stiffness ,E 50 , is within the Hardening Soil model defined as:

m m
c cos30 sin 30
 
ref ref
E50 = E50 c cos+pref sin , c = 0 E50 = E50 pref

The reference stress pref is chosen equal to the cell pressure of this triaxial test then

ref 0 =100 kP a
E50 = E503 30000 kPa

Reference unloading-reloading stiffness

Similar to the determination of the reference stiffness for triaxial testing the reference unloading-reloading stiffness
can be determined. In the triaxial test results an unloading-reloading cycle is done for this. The Hardening Soil
model does not have unloading-reloading behaviour with hysteresis but simple non-linear elastic unloading-
reloading behaviour. Therefore a secant value is taken for the unloading-reloading behaviour, as given with the
green line in the triaxial test results.

0 =100 kP a 400
Eur3 = 0.0260.021 = 80000 kPa

Under the same assumptions as for the stiffness in triaxial testing counts:

ref 0 =100 kP a
Eur = Eur3

But this is a bit low value for the unloading reloading stiffness and so

ref
Eur = 90000 kPa

is chosen

Dilatancy angle

From the plot of axial strain versus volume strain the dilatancy angle can be determined according to

v
sin = 21 +v

See figure 9 for details.


With v = 0.048-0.004 = 0.044 and 1 = -0.09-(-0.03) = -0.06 the dilatancy can be calculated as =16o
Note: The Poissons ratio needed for the Hardening Soil model cannot be determined from this graph as this
graph represents an oedometer test in primary loading and the Poissons ratio needed is an unloading-reloading
Poissons ratio.
An acceptable value for the unloading-reloading Poissons ratio is ur = 0.2.

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 129/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 9: Determination of diltancy angle from drained triaxial test

Oedometer stiffness and power of stress dependent stiffness

From the oedeometer test results we determine the stiffness Eoed for vertical stresses y0 = 100 kPa en y0 =
200 kPa, see figure 10. Note that Eoed is a tangent stiffness. Make sure to use the primary loading part of the
oedometer test results.

0 =100 kP a
y 3200
Eoed = 1.4%0.33% = 29900 kPa
y0 =200 kP a 4000
Eoed = 1.4%0.47% = 43000 kPa

Within the Hardening Soil model the stress dependent oedometer stiffness is defined as:

m m
c cosy0 sin y0
 
ref ref
Eoed = Eoed c cos+pref sin , c = 0 Eoed = Eoed pref

Choosing the reference pressure pref = 100 kPa gives

ref 0 =100 kP a
Eoed = Eoed
3
30000 kPa

The power m for stress dependent stiffness can now be determined as:

0 =200 kP a m
y
y0

Eoed 43000 200 m

ref
Eoed
= pref 30000 = 100 m = 0.5

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 130/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 10: Determination of oedometer stiffness and power of stress dependency

K0 value for normal consolidation

The K0 value for normal consolidation (K0N C )can only be obtained if measurements for horizontal stresses have
been performed during the oedometer test. If so, results as given in figure 11 may be obtained. From the primary
loading line can be obtained that

0
x 30 100
K0N C = y0 = 10 = 300 = 0.33

Alternatively one can use Jakis formula

K0N C 1 sin = 1 sin(42o ) = 0.33

12 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 131/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 11: Horizontal/vertical stress ratio during oedometer test

Note on unloading-reloading stiffness

If no triaxial test with unloading-reloading is available the unloading-reloading stiffness can also be determined
from an oedometer test with unloading. However, the unloading-reloading stiffness required for the Hardening
Soil model is stress dependent on 3 while the oedometer test results presented in figure 10 give the strain vs
the vertical stress y (= 1 voor oedometer testing).

0 =100 kP a 0 =100/K0N C kP a 0 =300 kP a 400


Eur3 = Eur1 = Eur1 = 1.28%0.91% = 108000 kPa

With pref = 100 kPa (pref refers to 30 !) it follows that

ref 0 =100 kP a
Eur = Eur3 110000 kPa

ref
This is a bit high and so a value of Eur = 90000 kPa is chosen.

Table 3: Summary of Hardening Soil Parameters for the sand


Parameter Unit Value
ref
E50 [kPa] 30,000
ref
Eoed [kPa] 30,000
ref
Eur [kPa] 90,000
pref [kPa] 100
ur [-] 0.2
c [kPa] 0
0 [o ] 42
[o ] 16
m [-] 0.5
K0N C [-] 0.33

Computational Geotechnics 13

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 132/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

CLAY

Cohesion and friction angle

We start with the determination of the strength parameters based on the CU triaxial tests.

Figure 12: Determination of soil strength parameters for clay

The black dotted lines is the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterium in the p-q plane. In principal stresses the Mohr-
Coulomb failure criterium is defined as:

|1 3 | 1 +3

2 + 2 sin c cos = 0

With p0 = (10 + 230 )/3 and q = 10 30 under triaxial test conditions this can be rewritten as:

2p0 + 13 q
 
q 6sin 0 6c cos
2 = 2 sin c cos = 0 q = 3sin p + 3sin

Hence, the slope M of the Mohr-Coulomb line in p-q plane is defined as:

6sin 195
M= 3sin = 200 = 250

From the intersection between Mohr-Coulomb line and the vertical axis where p=0 the cohesion can be determined:

6c0 cos
q= 3sin = 0 c = 0 kPa

14 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 133/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Reference oedometer and unloading-reloading stiffness

From the results of the oedometer test the oedometer stiffness as well as the unloading-reloading stiffness can
be determined. As the graph is given on logarithmic scale one cannot simply draw a tangent line as was done
for the oedometer test on sand.

Figure 13: Determination of oedometer and unloading/reloading stiffness

Considering that both primary loading and unloading/reloading paths are straight lines in the log(p)-v graph,
hence they have a relation of the form:

y = v = A log(y0 )
2 1 0.3700.270
A= log(2 )log(1 ) = log(120)log(30) =0.166

In order to determine the stiffness we calculate the derivative of the strain over the stress and change to natural
logarithm:

ln(y0 )
y = v = A ln(10)
dy dy0 ln(10)
dy0 =A 1
ln(10) 1
y0 E= dy = A y0

The E modulus found is the oedometer stiffness can be rewrittens as:

y0
 
ln(10)
E = Eoed = A pref pref
In the Hardening Soil model the oedometer stiffness is defined as (assuming c = 0) :

m
y0

ref
Eoed = Eoed pref

Hence:

ref ln(10)
Eoed = A pref and m=1

If we choose pref = 100 kPa and with the previously determined A = 0.166 we get:

Computational Geotechnics 15

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 134/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

ref ln(10) 2.3


Eoed = A pref = 0.166 100 = 1.4 MPa.

The determination of the unloading-reloading stiffness follows the same method:

y = v = B log(y0 )
2 1 0.4270418
B= log(2 )log(1 ) = log(120)log(30) =0.0149
dy0 ln(10)
Eur = dy = B y0

However, the Eur in the Hardening Soil model is dependent on the smallest principal stress, which is x0 in an
oedeometer test and not y0 .
During the unloading process there is no linear relation between horizontal and vertical stress, as in the beginning
of unloading y0 > x0 where as after much unloading y0 < x0 . Therefore the assumption is made that during
unloading on average x0 = y0 .

0
 
ln(10) ln(10) ln(10) x
Eur = B y0 = B x0 = B pref pref

With the definition of Eur in the Hardening Soil model of

 0
m
ref x
Eur = Eur pref

ref
Follows, in a similar way as for the Eoed , that

ref ln(10) 2.3


Eur = B pref = 0.0149 100 =15 MPa and m = 1

Stiffness from triaxial test

As only undrained triaxial test data is available it is only possible to determine an undrained E50 and not an
effective E50 . Therefore the only solution is to estimate the E50 with several runs of the SoilTest program using
different input values for the reference E50 until the best fit for the undrained triaxial test data is found. Typically
for normally consolidated clays the effective reference E50 is in the range of 2-5 times the effective reference
ref
Eoed , hence this can be used as a start value for the estimation procedure. By doing so a value E50 3.5 MPa
of is found.

K0 value for normal consolidation

The K0-value for normal consolidation can only be obtained if measurements for horizontal stresses have been
performed during the oedometer test. As this is not the case here we can only use the estimation according to
Jakys rule:

K0N C 1 sin = 1 sin(250 ) =0.58

Poissons ratio

The Poissons ratio for unloading and reloading is again estimated as ur = 0.2

16 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 135/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Table 4: Summary of Hardening Soil Parameters for the clay


Parameter Unit Value
ref
E50 [kPa] 3,500
ref
Eoed [kPa] 1,400
ref
Eur [kPa] 15,000
pref [kPa] 100
ur [-] 0.2
c [kPa] 0
0 [o ] 25
[o ] 0
m [-] 1.0
K0N C [-] 0.58

Computational Geotechnics 17

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 136/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

18 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 137/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

APPENDIX B: INTRODUCTION TO THE SOILTEST TOOL


For the simulation of laboratory tests Plaxis offers the SoilTest tool based on a single stress point calculation
that makes it possible to do fast simulations without the need for a finite element mesh. The SoilTest tool can be
called from within the material sets database or from within the definition of a material set. (see figure ).

Figure 14: The SoilTest tool

In the following paragraphs a step-by-step description is given on how to model both an oedometer test and a
triaxial test with the help of many screen shots of the SoilTest tool. Please note that any parameters given on
those screen shots have no relation with the actual exercise and are solely for illustrating the possibilities of the
SoilTest tool.

Computational Geotechnics 19

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 138/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

How to model an oedometer test

In order to model an oedometer test first the material data set has to be created. After doing so, press the
<SoilTest> button to start the SoilTest tool. The window that opens is show in figure .

Figure 15: Main window of the SoilTest tool

In the main window select the Oedometer tabsheet and set the parameters as indicated in Figure .

Figure 16: Setting the oedometer test parameters

After the the oedometer test has been calculating graphs with results appear at the bottom of the SoilTest window.
The user can double-click these graphs to view them in separate windows. Furthermore, custom charts can be
added, see figure 4.

20 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 139/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Figure 17: Inspect oedometer test results

How to model a triaxial test


From the material database or the material set definition window press the <SoilTest> button to start the SoilTest
tool. In the main window choose the tabsheet Triaxial and set the type of test as well as the test parameters as
shown in figure

Figure 18: Defining a triaxial test

After the triaxial test has been calculated graphs with results appear at the bottom of the SoilTest window. As
described above for the oedometer test, the user can double-click this graphs to view them in separate windows
as well as add custom charts.

Computational Geotechnics 21

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 140/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

Modelling a triaxial test with unloading/reloading

The standard functionality in SoilTest for simulation of a triaxial test does not allow for an intermediate unloading-
reloading path. However, the SoilTest functionality contains a General option with which soil test can be defined
in terms of boundary stresses or strains on all sides of a soil test cube. Hereafter it will be shown how this can
be used for the simulation of a triaxial test with unloading/reloading path.
After opening the SoilTest option from the material set definition window the tabsheet General should be chosen.
On this tabsheet a list of calculation phases can be defined where stress or strain increments can be applied.

Initial phase

First of all we have to specify whether stresses or strains will be applied on the boundaries during the test. For
this exercise stresses will be applied. Now the values of the initial stresses on the soil sample have to specified.
For a triaxial test the initial stresses are the cell pressures acting on the soil, hence for xx , yy and zz the cell
pressure has to entered. The cell pressure is a water pressure and so there will be no shear stress acting on the
soil: xy = 0. See figure for details.

Figure 19: General option for simulation of laboratory tests used for triaxial test

Phase 1

Apply a stress increment in vertical direction (yy ) until the stress level where the unloading path should start.
Note that the horizontal stresses (xx and zz ) remain the same as they represent the cell pressure. Hence,
the horizontal stress increments are zero in this phase.

Phase 2

Press the Add button to add another phase to the phase list. This phase represents the unloading phase. See
figure for details.

Phase 3

Press the Add button once more in order to add the 3rd phase. This phase represents the reloading of the soil
as well as the continuation of primary loading until either failure or a higher stress level from where for instance

22 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 141/448
Simulation of laboratory tests

another unloading/reloading cycle is going to be made.

Figure 20: Unloading/reloading cycle in a triaxial test using the General option

Computational Geotechnics 23

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 142/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 7
Modelling of Deep Excavations
Professor Antonio Gens

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 143/448
CG7: MODELLING OF DEEP EXCAVATIONS

Antonio Gens

Technical University of Catalunya, Barcelona

some of the slides were originally created by:


Helmut Schweiger (Technical University of Graz, Austria) (many!)
Dennis Waterman (Plaxis)

Outline
Introduction
Fundamentals of excavation modelling
Excavation
Hydraulic conditions
Thin wall vs. thick wall
Wall support
Interfaces

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


A note on factors of safety

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 144/448
Introduction
Analysis of a deep excavation involves modelling of

various excavation stages


interaction wall / soil > interface elements
changes in groundwater level
struts or anchors (including load transfer to soil)
adjacent structures (buildings, tunnels, piles, )

Requires advanced constitutive model because

stress paths in soil are not monotonic (significant change in stress path
direction)
primary loading and unloading / reloading occurs in different parts of the domain
analysed
some areas will experience large strains with significant plastic deformations,
others will be in the very small strain range
> simple elastic - perfectly plastic models not suffcient

Introduction

2D model
sufficient

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 145/448
Introduction

3D model required

Fundamentals of excavation modelling


Typical excavation sequence:
I 1st excavation
II Pre-stressing anchor
III Final excavation

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 146/448
Fundamentals of excavation modelling
I 1st excavation

The domain excavated is removed from the mesh


In the nodes on the excavated boundary, out-of-balance forces appear:
they are exactly equivalent to the effect of excavation

Fundamentals of excavation modelling


II Pre-stressing anchor

The anchor element is installed (created)


The pre-stress load is applied
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 147/448
Fundamentals of excavation modelling
III Final excavation

The excavated domain is removed and the corresponding out of balance


forces appear
Attention to hydraulic conditions!

Hydraulic conditions

Wet excavation
Simply click on the cluster or clusters to be excavated
The water remains in the excavated domain, water pressures automatically
appear
Hydraulic conditions do not change
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 148/448
Hydraulic conditions

Dry excavation
Click on the cluster or clusters to be excavated
Use cluster dry option or cluster phreatic line
Set new hydraulic conditions

Hydraulic conditions
Setting of new hydraulic conditions
Consider each individual case carefully
Select the relevant situation: undrained, drained or consolidation
it may be different for different materials

Specifying pore pressure distributions


General phreatic level
Applies to all clusters that have not been separately defined
Cluster phreatic level
Applies to one specific cluster
Cluster dry
Makes a specific cluster dry
Interpolate
Interpolates pore pressures between clusters above and below
User-defined pore pressure
Specify pore pressure at reference level and the rate of increase in the y direction
Groundwater flow calculation
Gives the steady-state solution
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 149/448
Hydraulic conditions
Groundwater flow calculation: example

Equal pore pressure values on both


sides at the foot of the wall!

Groundwater flow calculations


Plate elements are permeable
Interface elements are impermeable (unless
deactivated in the groundwater flow calculation)

Hydraulic conditions
Dewatering
Z-shape phreatic level gives wrong results:
1 2 3

General

General

6
General
7
No equilibrium in horizontal water pressures:
Local peak stresses
5
Local peak strains
Non-physical horizontal displacements
8

Non-physical excess pore pressures


0 4

Possible incorrect water pressure acting on


wall

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 150/448
Thin wall vs. thick wall

Walls thin wall vs. thick wall

Thin wall
Wall thickness << wall length
Shearing not important
No end-bearing, only friction
Plate element suffices

Thick wall
Wall thickness significant
Shearing important
End-bearing capacity needed
Use soil elements with material set representing wall material
In order to obtain structural forces a plate may be inserted

Thin wall vs. thick wall


Walls thick wall
Soil elements with material set representing wall material
Difficult to obtain structural forces from soil elements, therefore introduce
plate:
No influence on deformation: low stiffness, no weight
Located in on the neutral line (usually the middle)
Tight bonding to the concrete elements: no interfaces d

Soil elements: Esoil=Ewall, I = 1/12*d3 , d = wall thickness

Plate element: EI = EsoilI / x, choose x large (e.g. 10000)

uplate = usoil Mwall = x*Mplate, Qwall = x*Qplate

NOTE: Nwall = Nplate+y,0 , y,0 = initial vertical stress in


soil elements
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 151/448
Wall support

Lagging
Use short additional section of plate
perpendicular to the wall
Create short section with increased
stiffness using multiple chains
Struts
Full excavation: node-to-node anchor
Half (symmetric) excavation: fixed-end
anchor
Anchors
Grout anchor: node-to-node anchor +
geotextile for grout body
Ground anchor: node-to-node anchor +
perpendicular plate element

Wall support
Ground anchors
Axial forces in ground anchors:

Input geometry

real distribution of axial forces in


ground anchor
Generated mesh
axial forces in geotextile element

Nrod <> Ngrout due to shared node between anchor, geotextile and soil

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 152/448
Interfaces
Soil-structure interaction
Wall friction
Slip and gapping between soil and structure
Interface material properties
Taken from soil using reduction factor Rinter
Cinter = Rinter * Csoil
tan(inter) = Rinter * tan(soil)
inter = 0 for Rinter < 1, else inter = soil
Ginter = (Rinter)2 * Gsoil
Some building codes prescribe soil-wall friction angle :
Rinter = tan()/ tan(soil)
Individual material set for interface

Interfaces

Suggestions for Rinter:


Interaction sand/steel = Rinter 0.6 0.7
Interaction clay/steel = Rinter 0.5
Interaction sand/concrete = Rinter 1.0 0.8
Interaction clay/concrete = Rinter 1.0 0.7
Interaction soil/geogrid = Rinter 1.0
(interface may not be required)
Interaction soil/geotextile = Rinter 0.9 0.5 (foil, textile)

Stability should not be critical on Rinter !

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 153/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
Goal of study
assess influence of relative stiffness between wall and soil on results
assess influence of wall length
show influence of constitutive model
> show trends and qualitative behaviour rather than
quantitative comparison
Constitutive models
Mohr-Coulomb
Hardening Soil
HS_small
Soft Soil (excavation in clay only)
Modified Cam Clay (excavation in clay only)

Results
wall deflection
bending moments / strut forces
earth pressure distribution (active - passive)
vertical displacements behind wall

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


MODELS COMPARED
Mohr-Coulomb Model

q 1 3

perfectly plastic

elastic

Note: In this study stiffness for variations of MC analyses is assumed as:


MC_a > EMC = (E50 + Eur)HS at level of base of wall
MC_b > EMC = Eur, HS at level of base of wall
MC_c > EMC = E50, HS at level of base of wall
MC = 0.3
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 154/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
MODELS COMPARED
Hardening Soil Model

q
plastic

elastic

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


MODELS COMPARED
Hardening Soil Small Model
additional input parameters for HS-small
G0ref
40000 40000
TangentmodulusG[kN/m]
SecantmodulusG[kN/m]

30000 0.7 30000

20000 20000

Gurref
10000 10000
HSSmall
Hardin&Drnevich
0 0
1E5 0.0001 0.001 0.01 1E5 0.0001 0.001 0.01
Shearstrain[] Shearstrain[]

Thomas Benz, Small-Strain Stiffness of Soils and its Numerical Consequences,


Mitteilung 55 des Instituts fr Geotechnik, Universitt Stuttgart, 2007.

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 155/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
MODELS COMPARED
Soft Soil Model

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


PROBLEM SPECIFICATION

Wall length:
Dense sand and marl: 9 m
Medium dense sand: 10 m
Clay: 11 m

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 156/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
DENSE SAND
Parameters for Hardening Soil model (HS)
Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 18
sat [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 20
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 41
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 0
[] Angle of dilatancy 15
ur [-] Poissons ratio unloading-reloading 0.20
E50ref [kPa] Secant modulus for primary triaxial loading 30 000
Eoed ref
[kPa] Tangent modulus for oedometric loading 30 000
Eurref [kPa] Secant modulus for un- and reloading 90 000
m [-] Exponent of the Ohde/Janbu law 0.55
pref [kPa] Reference stress for the stiffness parameters 100
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

Additional parameters for Hardening Soil Small model (HSS)


Parameter Meaning Value
G0 [kPa] Small-strain Shear modulus 112 500
0,7 [-] Reference shear strain where Gsec=0.7G0 0.0002

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


DENSE SAND

horizontal wall displacement [mm] bending moments [kNm/m]


15 12 9 6 3 0 -3 -6 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40
0 0
HS HS
HSS HSS
MC_a 1 MC_a 1
MC_b MC_b
MC_c MC_c

2 2
depth below surface [m]

depth below surface [m]

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 157/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
DENSE SAND 2
earth pressure [kN/m ]
-120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40
0
HS
HSS
MC_a 1
distance from wall [m]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24
14
surface displacement [mm]

2
12
10 HS
HSS
8

depth below surface [m]


MC_a 3
6 MC_b
4 MC_c
2 4
0
-2
-4 5
-6
-8
6

Strut forces: 7
HS: -102 kN/m
HSS: -107 kN/m 8
MC_a: -78 kN/m
MC_b: -83 kN/m
9
MC_c: -72 kN/m

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE SAND
Parameters for Hardening Soil model (HS)
Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 18
r [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 20
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 34
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 0
[] Angle of dilatancy 0
ur [-] Poissons ratio unloading-reloading 0.2
E50ref [kPa] Secant modulus for primary triaxial loading 12 000
Eoedref [kPa] Tangent modulus for oedometric loading 16 000
Eurref [kPa] Secant modulus for un- and reloading 60 000
m [-] Exponent of the Ohde/Janbu law 0.75
pref [kPa] Reference stress for the stiffness parameters 100
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Rf [-] Failure ratio 0.90
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

Additional parameters for Hardening Soil Small model (HSS)


Parameter Meaning Value
G0 [kPa] Small-strain Shear modulus 87 500
0,7 [-] Reference shear strain where Gsec=0.7G0 0.0002
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 158/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE SAND

horizontal wall displacement [mm] bending moments [kNm/m]


35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40
0 0
HS HS
HSS HSS
MC_a 1 MC_a 1
MC_b MC_b
MC_c MC_c
2 2

3 3

depth below surface [m]


depth below surface [m]
4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE SAND

distance from wall [m]


0 5 10 15 20 25
25
surface displacement [mm]

20
15
10
5
0
-5
HS
-10 HSS
-15 MC_a
-20 MC_b
-25 MC_c
-30

Strut forces:
HS: -151 kN/m
HSS: -154 kN/m
MC_a: -119 kN/m
MC_b: -127 kN/m
MC_c: -105 kN/m
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 159/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE SAND

Ratio G/Gur at final stage

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


CLAY
Parameters for Hardening Soil model (HS)
Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 15
r [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 16
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 27
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 15
[] Angle of dilatancy 0
ur [-] Poissons ratio unloading-reloading 0.20
E50ref [kPa] Secant modulus for primary triaxial loading 4 300
Eoedref [kPa] Tangent modulus for oedometric loading 1 800
Eurref [kPa] Secant modulus for un- and reloading 14 400
m [-] Exponent of the Ohde/Janbu law 0.90
pref [kPa] Reference stress for the stiffness parameters 100
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Rf [-] Failure ratio 0.90
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

Additional parameters for Hardening Soil Small model (HSS)


Parameter Meaning Value
G0 [kPa] Small-strain Shear modulus 25 000
0,7 [-] Reference shear strain where Gsec=0.7G0 0.0003

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 160/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
CLAY
Parameters for Soft Soil model (SS)
Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 15
r [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 16
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 27
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 15
[] Angle of dilatancy 0
ur [-] Poissons ratio 0.20
* [-] Modified swelling index 0.0125
* [-] Modified compression index 0.0556
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


CLAY

horizontal wall displacement [mm] bending moments [kNm/m]


120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -150 -120 -90 -60 -30 0 30
0 0
HS HS
HSS HSS
1 1
MC_a MC_a
MC_b MC_b
MC_c MC_c
SS 2 2
SS

3 3
depth below surface [m]

depth below surface [m]

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10

11 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 161/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
CLAY

distance from wall [m]


0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
120
surface displacement [mm]

100 HS
80 HSS
MC_a
60 MC_b
40 MC_c
SS
20
0
-20
-40
-60

Strut forces:
HS: -115 kN/m
HSS: -120 kN/m
MC_a: -96 kN/m
MC_b: -93 kN/m
MC_c: -103 kN/m
SS -75 kN/m

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


MARL
Parameters for Hardening Soil model (HS)
Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 17
r [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 20
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 30
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 47
[] Angle of dilatancy 10
ur [-] Poissons ratio unloading-reloading 0.20
E50ref [kPa] Secant modulus for primary triaxial loading 30 000
Eoedref [kPa] Tangent modulus for oedometric loading 15 000
Eurref [kPa] Secant modulus for un- and reloading 100 000
m [-] Exponent of the Ohde/Janbu law 0.90
pref [kPa] Reference stress for the stiffness parameters 100
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Rf [-] Failure ratio 0.90
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

highly overconsolidated > POP = 2 000 kPa, K0 = 2.0


Additional parameters for Hardening Soil Small model (HSS)
Parameter Meaning Value
G0 [kPa] Small-strain Shear modulus 150 000
0,7 [-] Reference shear strain where Gsec=0.7G0 0.0001

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 162/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
MARL

Parameters for Soft Soil model (SS)


Parameter Meaning Value
[kN/m] Unit weight (unsaturated) 17
r [kN/m] Unit weight (saturated) 20
[] Friction angle (Mohr-Coulomb) 30
c [kPa] Cohesion (Mohr-Coulomb) 47
[] Angle of dilatancy 10
ur [-] Poissons ratio 0.20
* [-] Modified swelling index 0.0018
* [-] Modified compression index 0.0067
K0nc [-] Coefficient of earth pressure at rest (NC) 1-sin()
Tension [kPa] Tensile strength 0

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


MARL

horizontal wall displacement [mm] bending moments [kNm/m]


12 10 8 6 4 2 0 -2 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 0
HS HS
HSS HSS
MC_a 1 MC_a 1
MC_b MC_b
MC_c MC_c
SS SS
2 2
depth below surface [m]

depth below surface [m]

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 163/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
MARL

distance from wall [m]


0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
12
surface displacement [mm]

10 HS
HSS
8 MC_a
MC_b
6
MC_c
4 SS

-2

-4

Strut forces:
HS: -254 kN/m
HSS: -208 kN/m
MC_a: -212 kN/m
MC_b: -192 kN/m
MC_c: -239 kN/m
SS -195 kN/m

Simplified example: effect of constitutive model


MARL

Ratio G/Gur at final stage

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 164/448
Simplified example: effect of constitutive model
Material behaviour

Mohr-Coulomb: unrealistic deformations


Overestimation over bottom heave
Often heave of soil behind the wall

Hardening Soil model: qualitative realistic deformations


Better bottom heave, but increases with model depth
Settlement trough behind wall, but often too shallow and too wide

HS-small model: qualitative and quantitative realistic deformations


Good bottom heave independent of model depth
More realistic settlement trough behind the wall (narrower and
deeper)

A note on factors of safety


NOTE ON / c - REDUCTION
Material parameters soil layer:
sheet pile
type AZ-18 = 35

1.0 m c = 0.1 kN/m


1.5 m
= 17 kN/m
= 0
6.5 m Properties sheet pile wall:
EA = 3.008E6 kN/m
2
EI = 6.84E4 kNm /m

4.0 m
Mpl = 505 kNm/m
Properties strut:
2
E = 3.0E7 kN/m
A = 0.24 m2
Horizontal strut distance: 1 m

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 165/448
A note on factors of safety
NOTE ON / c - REDUCTION

wall elastic
Msf = 1.95

A note on factors of safety


NOTE ON / c - REDUCTION

wall elastic - perfectly plastic


Msf = 1.73

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 166/448
A note on factors of safety
INFLUENCE OF DISCRETISATION

without interfaces with interfaces


mesh type number of number of nodes number of number of nodes
elements 6 noded 15 noded elements 6 noded 15 noded
1 116 267 997 137 330 1207
2 224 493 1881 260 589 2217
3 430 923 3565 464 1021 3897
4 935 1958 7655 1010 2149 8337
5 1785 3678 14495 2060 4301 16841
6 4876 9893 39289 4558 9405 37696

A note on factors of safety


INFLUENCE OF DISCRETISATION

Influence of discretisation and interface


elements on calculated factor of safety

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 167/448
Final remarks
Influence of constitutive model on results of numerical
analysis of deep excavations has been addressed

Simple constitutive models have severe limitations in


predicting realistic displacements for deep excavations, in
particular surface settlements behind the wall

For highly overconsolidated soils differences in results for


different constitutive models is less pronounced (behaviour is
predominantly elastic) but small strain stiffness remains
important

Effect of structural elements on safety factor has been


discussed

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 168/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 8
Structural Elements in PLAXIS
Professor K.Rajagopal

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 169/448
Structural Elements in PLAXIS 2D
Dr William Cheang Plaxis AsiaPac, Plaxis Academy

Contribution:
Dr William Cheang
Ir Dennis Waterman
Prof. K Rajagopal
Dr Ronald Brinkgreve

Contents

1. StructuralelementsavailableinPlaxis
2. UsageofstructuralelementsinFEmodelling
3. Plate elements(BeamandShellelement)
4. Anchor elements(Springelement)
5. Geotextile elements(Membraneelement)
6. Interface elements(Zerothicknesselement)
7. EmbeddedPileRowelements

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 170/448
1.Structural elements in Plaxis

Section 3.42 & 14.5


1. Plateelement

Section 3.45, 3.46 & 14.1


2. Anchorelement
Section 3.43 & 14.3
3. Geogridselement
Section 3.44 & 14.1
4. Interfaceelement

5. Embeddedpilerowelement

wall strip footing tunnel

geotextile wall ground anchor cofferdam

strut anchored wall Incremental wall 4


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 171/448
3.1 Plate Element
1. 3or5nodedlineelements(for6nodedor15nodedelementmesh)
2. 3degreesoffreedompernode
3. Plateshave:
o Axialforces
o Shearforces
o Bendingmoments
o Hoopforces(axisymmetry)
4. Elasticorelastoplasticbehaviour
5. Formodellingwalls,floors,tunnels

3.2 Plate Element

Plates elasticparameters
h3 b
EI E (b = 1 m)
12
EA E h b (b = 1 m)

EI (Equivalent rectangular
d h 12
EA plate thickness)

h h
b

b = 1 m in plane strain
b = 1 meter in axisymmetry
b
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 172/448 6
PLATES:elastoplasticbehaviour

Np

M
Mp

3.4 Plate Element 1200


Envelope
Elastoplastic plate
1000
Elasticplate

800

600
N

400

200

0
200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
M
10090 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0

Elastoplastic plate

10 Elasticplate
N

15

20

25
M

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 173/448 8
Effect on Global FOS by c/phi Reduction

CBPElastic,Failure CBP Elasto-Plastic


withnoPlastic Failure with Plastic
Hinge, Hinge, FOS=1.40
FOS=1.75

1. Elastic wall excludes possibility of wall plastic hinge; and over-estimate FOS=1.75
2. Allowing for wall plastic hinge (Elasto-plastic wall) gave lower FOS=1.40 and smaller soil yielded
zone behind the wall
9

Plates connections Spring data:


Stiffness
6 8 Min/Max moment

Rotation
spring
5 7

Hinged connection

Rigid connection
(default)

Illustration: Connection.P2D
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 174/448 10
Walls thinwallvs.thickwall
A. Thinwall
1. Wallthickness<<walllength
2. Nomuchendbearing,onlyfriction
Plateelementsuffices

A. Thickwall
1. Wallthicknesssignificant
2. Endbearingcapacityneeded
Usesoilelementswithmaterialsetrepresen ngwallmaterial
Inordertoobtainstructuralforcesaplatewithfictitiousproperties
maybeinserted

Walls thick wall

1. Soilelementswithmaterialsetrepresentingwallmaterial
2. Difficulttoobtainstructuralforcesfromsoilelements,
thereforeintroduceveryflexibleplatewithinthesolidwall
elements:
Noinfluenceondeformation:lowstiffness,noweight
Locatedinontheneutralline(usuallythemiddle)
Tightbondingtotheconcreteelements:nointerfaces

(Illustration: Beam.P2D): d

Solid elements: Esoil=Ewall, I = 1/12*d3 , d = wall


thickness

Plate element: EI = EsoilI / x, choose x large (e.g. 106)

uplate = usoil Mwall = x*Mplate, Qwall = x*Qplate

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 175/448 12
Placing a Hinge for free rotation of plates

Can be placed at joint between plate elements allows for free rotation 13

Full-height panel support to reinforced soil walls rigid Incremental panel support to reinforced soil walls
body rotation of facing bulging type deformation at front end

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 176/448 14
2. Anchor Element

Anchors:Nodetofixed
Tomodelsupports,anchorsandstruts
a) Elastoplasticspringelement
b) Oneendfixedtopointinthegeometry,otherendisfullyfixedfor
displacement
c) Positioningatanyangle
d) Prestressingoption

Anchors nodetonode
Tomodelanchors,columns,strutsandrods
a) Elastoplasticspringelement
b) Connectstwogeometrypointsinthegeometry
c) Nointeractionwiththemeshalongtheanchor
rod
d) Prestressingoption

15

Anchors materialproperties
Axialstiffness,EA (foroneanchor) [kN]
Spacing,Ls (outofplanedistancebetweenanchors) [m]
Maximumanchorforceforcompressionandtension,|Fmax,comp|and|Fmax,tens|[kN]

Ls

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 177/448 16
Anchors prestressing
A. DefinedinStagedconstructionphase
B. Bothtension(groutanchor)orcompression(strut)
possible

Tension = positive

17

Geogrids
1. 3or5nodedlineelement
2. Elasticorelastoplasticbehaviour
3. Noflexuralrigidity(EI),onlyaxialstiffness(EA)
4. Onlyallowsfortension,notforcompression

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 178/448 18
+ Geogrid Element

Anchor + Geogrid Element

Groundanchors

1. Combinationofnodetonodeanchorandgeogrid

2. Nodetonodeanchorrepresentsanchorrod(freelength)
(nointeractionwithsurroundingsoil)

3. Geogridrepresentsgroutedpart(fullinteractionwithsurroundingsoil)

4. Nointerfacearoundgroutedpart;interfacewouldcreateunrealisticfailuresurface

5. Workingloadconditionsonly nopullout

6. Ifpulloutforceisknownthiscanbeusedbylimitinganchorrodforce

19

Modeling of soil nails using


geogrid elements

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 179/448 20
Axial force distribution along fixed length (modelled using geogrid)

Nrod <>Ngrout duetosharednode


betweenanchor,geotextile
andsoil

Probableactualdistributionofaxial
forcesingroundanchor
axialforcesingeotextileelement

Input geometry Generated mesh


21

GroundAnchors:Influenceofnodenumbersalong
structuralelements

22
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 180/448
InterfaceElement
1. Soilstructureinteraction
1. Wallfriction
2. Slipandgappingbetweensoilandstructure
2. Soilmaterialproperties
A. TakenfromsoilusingreductionfactorRinter
3. Individualmaterialsetforinterfacepossible

23

Interfaces soil structure interaction


A. Doublingofnodesto(partially)uncouplesoilandstructuralelement
B. Springconnectionbetweensoilnodesandstructuralnodes
1. Normalspring
2. Shearspring
C. Allowsformodellingofslip,gappingandclosingbetweensoilandstructure
D. Canalsobeusedbetweentosoilmaterials

Output:
Normal stresses
Shear stresses
Displacements

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 181/448
Interfaces material properties
Soilmaterialproperties
TakenfromsoilusingreductionfactorRinter
Cinter =Rinter *Csoil
tan(inter) =Rinter *tan(soil)
inter =0forRinter <1
=soil Rinter =1
t,inter =Rinter *t,soil
Ginter 2
= (Rinter) *Gsoil

1. ResidualreductionfactorRinter,res onlyaffectsstrength,
notstiffness
2. Individualmaterialsetforinterfacepossible

Interfaces material properties


1. Residualstrengthafterreachingmaximumshearstrength
2. Gapclosure

Foundation Pressure Gap opening Gap closing Foundation


pressure reduction (soil shrinkage) (soil swelling) pressure
(soil shrinkage) (soil swelling)
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 182/448
6.2 Interface Element
Interfaces reductionfactor
SuggestionsforRinter:
1. Interactionsand/steel =Rinter 0.6 0.7
2. Interactionclay/steel =Rinter 0.5
3. Interactionsand/concrete =Rinter 1.0 0.8
4. Interactionclay/concrete =Rinter 1.0 0.7
5. Interactionsoil/geogrid(groutedbody) =Rinter1.0
(interfacemaynotberequired)
6. Interactionsoil/geotextile =Rinter0.9 0.5(foil,textile)

With reference to BS8002:

27

Interfaces
Trytoomitstressoscillationsatcornersofstiffstructures

Inflexible
corner points,
may cause bad
stress results

Flexible corner
points with
improved stress
results

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 183/448
Embedded pile row
A. 3or5nodedlineelement

B. Interactionwithsoilthroughaninterfaceallowingforskinfriction
(linearskinresistancedistribution)

C. Endbearingcapacitythroughspringconnection

D. Soilcanflowinbetweenpiles

E. AvailablefromPlaxis2D2012

Embeddedpilerow parameters

Material data

Pile shape
Rayleigh damping (dynamics)

Skin resistance
Base resistance

Interface stiffness factors

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 184/448
Embedded pile row parameters
1. Materialdata(stiffnessE andmaterialweight)
2. Pileshape(circularorsquare,hollowormassive,userdefined)
3. Crosssectionaldata(areaA,momentofinertiaI)
4. Outofplanespacing
5. Skinresistanceattopandbottomofthepilerow(Ttop,max andTbottom,max)
6. Baseresistance(Fmax)
7. Interfacestiffnessfactors
Determinedbycurvefittingonpredefinedloaddisplacementcurves
DefaultvaluesobtainedfromtheloaddisplacementcurveforapileinDutch
soilconditions(boredpileinsand,submerged)accordingtothenational
annexofEurocode7.

Modelling pile rows in 2D


Structures are predominantly 2D, however with local 3D elements
How to model in 2D?

32 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 185/448
pile row
Modelling pile rows in 2D
Current options: plates and n2n anchors

Limitations:
Plates+interfaces:
discontinuous mesh,
possibly unrealistic shear
planes
N2n anchor: no soil-
structure interaction, no
bending stiffness

33 Embedded pile row

Modelling pile rows in 2D


New option: embedded pile row
Combines advantages of plate
and n2n anchor:
Continuous mesh (soil can
flow through pile row)
Axial and bending stiffness
Soil-structure interaction due
to line to line interface
No unrealistic shear planes

34 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 186/448
pile row
Principle of embedded pile row
Note that in essence we
have two coupled springs
(soil and interface)!

Shaft and base also


have sliders to specify
max. capacity

35 Embedded pile row

Principle of embedded pile row


In axial loading the 2D soil displacement appears to be equal to
average 3D soil displacement, for all values of soil stiffness and
interface stiffness (Sluis, 2012) => fit interface stiffness to obtain
realistic load-displacement behaviour for pile row

36 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 187/448
pile row
Fitting axial stiffness
Fit with load-displacement curves of Bored piles from Dutch annex
of EUROCODE (NEN6743-1)

Stiffness based on:

Interface stiffness factor (ISF):

(Sluis, 2012)
37 Embedded pile row

Fitting lateral stiffness


Fit with Plaxis 3D embedded pile for various Ls/Deq for:
1. piles loaded by loads
2. piles loaded by soil displacement Lspacing = 1m

Horizontal pile displacement [m]


Disadvantages: -0.005 0 0.005 0.01 0.015
- ad.1 For large Ls/D no fit possible 0
-1
- ad.2 Soil displacements dependent on ISF -2
-3
Depth [m]

-4
-5
However using the same formula -6
for axial shaft gives reasonable fit -7
-8
for Ls/Deq 2-8 -9
-10
2D (ISF_RN = 0.5) 2D (ISF_RN = 1)
2D (ISF_RN = 10) 3D

38 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 188/448
pile row
Input
Stiffness
Weight
Select pile type (A, I)
Lspacing
Ttop / Tbottom
Fmax, base
ISF values

Stiffness of
spring =
ISF * Gsoil /
Lspacing

Input
Select Top point (= top or
bottom geometry point)
Indicate connection (Rigid,
hinged or free) for Top
point

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 189/448
Possibilities
Foundation piles
Anchors
Soil nails
??
A A A A A

1 4 18 20 24 25 19 2
6
46 43 44
48 50

16 47 38 45
49 51
32 39 36
8 7
12 14 17 23 28 31 41 37 13

40 34
9 11 22 27 30 42 35 10
5
15 33

y 21 26 29

0 x 3

Case description
Bridgedeck Piledabutment

Existingroad/railway Embankment

Soilstructure
interaction?
Softlayers(peat/clay)

Deepsand(foundationlayer)

42 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 190/448
pile row
3D model with emb. pile Pilerow:massivecircular
pilesD=0.54m
c.t.c.2.4m
6.5m Ls/Deq=4.4

43 Embedded pile row

2D model with emb. pile row / plates

44 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 191/448
pile row
Main results 1st pile row
Q2dplate[kN]
10 10
M2dplate[kNm]
Q2demb[kN]
N2dplate[kN]
M2demb[kNm]
N3D[kN] 5 N2demb[kN] 5
M_23D[kNm] N3D[kN]
Q_133D[kN] M_23D[kNm]
0 0

verticalheight[m]
Q_133D[kN]
verticalheight[m]

600 400 200 0 200 400 600 400 200 0 200 400

5 5

10 10

15 15

20 20
M/Q/N M/Q/N

45 Embedded pile row

Conclusions
Embedded pile row gives improved modelling possibilities
for piles in 2D;
Default setting for ISF in Plaxis based on (Sluis, 2012),
derived for a limited number of cases => validate if
default settings are applicable for your situation!

46 Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) Embedded 192/448
pile row
THANK YOU

Presentation by:
1. Dr William Cheang

Acknowledgment to the contributors and co-workers:


1. Dr Ronald Brinkgreve
2. Dr Lee Siew Wei
3. Prof Rajagopal

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 193/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 9
Exercise 3: Simulation of an Ground Anchored Embedded
Retaining Wall
Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 194/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

TIED-BACK EXCAVATION
Using the HSsmall model

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 195/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 196/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

INTRODUCTION
A building pit was constructed in the south of the Netherlands. The pit is 15 m deep and 30 m
wide. A diaphragm wall is constructed using 100 cm diameter bored piles; the wall is anchored
by two rows of pre-stressed ground anchors. In this exercise the construction of this building
pit is simulated and the deformation and bending moments of the wall are evaluated.
The upper 40 m of the subsoil consists of a more or less homogeneous layer of medium dense
fine sand with a unit weight of 18 kN/m3 . Triaxial test data of a representative soil sample is
given in figure 2. Underneath this layer there is very stiff layer of gravel, which is not to be
included in the model. The groundwater table is very deep and does not play a role in this
analysis.

Figure 1: Geometry for tied-back excavation

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 197/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Material parameters

Determination of stiffness & strength properties (sand)

In this exercise the HSsmall model is used and the model parameters for the sand layer have
been extracted from the triaxial test data (see figure 2). The HSsmall model takes into account
the stress-dependency of soil stiffness, elasto-plastic behaviour under both compression loading
and shear loading and increased stiffness in areas with very low strain levels. The soil
parameters can be found in table 1, while the determination of the soil parameters can be
found in appendix A.

Figure 2: Triaxial test data for the sand layer

Secant wall

The secant wall consists of 100cm diameter bored piles with an intermediate distance of 80cm,
hence there is a 20cm overlap of the piles. This configuration is taken this into account for the
determination of the cross sectional area (A) and moment of inertia (I) per meter out-of-plane
(see Appendix B). The concrete stiffness is Ec =2.7107 kN/m2 with a specific weight =16
kN/m3, which leads to the material parameters as given in Table 2. The determination of the
stiffness parameters can be found in Appendix A.

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 198/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Table 1: Soil parameters for the HSsmall model

Parameter Symbol Sand Unit


Material model Model HSsmall
Type of behaviour Type Drained
Unsaturated weight unsat 18.0 kN/m3
Saturated weight sat 18.0 kN/m3
Drained triaxial test stiffness E ref
50 2.0104 kN/m2
Drained primary oedometer E ref
oed 2.0104 kN/m2
stiffness
Unloading/reloading stiffness E ref
ur 8.0104 kN/m2
Power for stress-dependent m 0.5
stiffness
Cohesion c0ref 1.0 kN/m2
Friction angle 0 35
Dilatancy angle 5
Small-strain shear modulus Gref
0 10.0104 kN/m2
Threshold shear strain 0.7 1.5104
0
Unloading/reloading Poissons ur default
ratio
Reference stress pref default kN/m2
Coefficient for lateral stress KN
0
C
default
under primary loading
Interface strength reduction Rinter Manual : 0.6
Coefficient for lateral initial K0 automatic
stress

Ground anchors

The anchors are made of 32mm diameter steel bars at an intermediate distance of 1m. The
steel bars have a stiffness of Es =210106 kN/m2 . The anchors have an representative capacity
of 605 kN per anchor. In combination with a secant wall the anchors may be prestressed to
a maximum level of 80% of the design capacity, which is the representative capacity divided
by a partial safety factor that has been determined at 1.5 This leads to a maximuim prestress
force of 322 kN per anchor. The maximum compression force of the anchor is not important
as the anchors will not be loaded under compression. The grout body that forms the bonded
length of the anchor behaves relatively weak under tension compared to the steel bar inside.
Therefore it is assumed that both stiffness and strength of the bonded part of the anchor are
fully determined by the steel bar. This leads to the material properties for both the anchor rod
(free length) and grout body (bonded length) as given in tables 3 and 4. Note that it is chosen
to use the representative capacity of the anchors as maximum anchor force.
It is assumed that the anchor rod is present inside the full length of the grout body, hence the
properties of the embedded pile row are based on the composite properties of anchor rod and
grout, which are considered to be mainly determine the stiffness and strength properties of
the anchor rod.

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 199/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Table 2: Properties of the secant wall (plate)

Parameter Symbol Secant wall Unit


Material behaviour Material type Elastic
Isotropic Yes
End bearing No
Axial stiffness EA 20*106 kN/m
Flexural stiffness EI 1.67*106 kN/m2 /m
Weight w 15.0 kN/m/m
Poissons ratio 0.15

Furthermore, it is assumed that the shear resistance between grout body and soil is sufficient
and so the skin resistance of the grout body is set to a very high value.

Table 3: Properties of the anchor rods (node-to-node anchors)

Parameter Symbol Anchor rod Unit


Material behaviour Material type Elastoplastic
Axial stiffness EA 170*103 kN
Spacing Lspacing 1.0 m
Max. tension force |F max,tens | 605 kN
Max. compression force |F max,comp | 605 kN

Table 4: Properties of the grout bodies (embedded pile rows)

Parameter Symbol Grout body Unit


Modulus of elasticity E 2.1*108 kN/m2
Material weight 60 kN/m3
Pile type Pile type Predefined -
Predefined pile type Predefined pile type Massive circular pile -
Diameter Diameter 0.032 m
Spacing Lspacing 1.0 m
Skin resistance Ttop,max , Tbot,max 1000 kN/m
Base resistance Fmax 0 kN
Interface stiffness factor Default values -

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 200/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

INPUT
Project properties
For the dimensions of the project, enter xmin = 0, xmax = 100, ymin = 60 and y max = 0
in the Model tabsheet of the Project properties window, see figure 3.
Accept all other settings as their defaults and press the <OK> button.

Figure 3: Project properties, Model tabsheet

Soil mode
Select the Create borehole button ( ) and insert a borehole at (x y) = (0 0)
In the Modifiy soil layers window define a single layer in the borehole with Top = 0m and
Bottom = -60m.
The phreatic level in the project area is very deep and so the excavation is done completely
above the phreatic line. Set the Head of the borehole to -60m to indicate that the phreatic
level is at the far bottom of the borehole.
Close the Modify soil layers window.

The drawing area now shows the subsoil of 100m wide and 60m deep in grey colour.

Select the Show materials button ( ) so that the Materials window opens.
Create a soil material sets according to the parameters given in table 1. Any parameter
not specified in this table should be left at its default value.
Assign the material set to the single soil layer.
This will lead to the subsoil as given in figure 4.

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 201/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Figure 4: Subsoil of the model

Structures mode
In Structures mode we will now define the structural elements such as the wall and the anchors
as well as the levels of excavation.
First we will draw the wall:

Select the Create line button ( ) and from the menu that opens select the Create plate
button ( ).

Draw the wall as a plate element from (x y) = (15 0) to (15 -25).

Soil-structure interaction is modelled with an interface element. Since there will be interaction
between soil and wall on both sides of the wall, an interface is required on both sides of the
wall:

From the Create line button menu now select the Create interface button ( ).

Draw the interface for soil-structure interaction from (x y) = (15 0) to (15 -25) and back to
(15 0) in order to get soil-structure interaction on both sides of the wall.

Now the anchors are added. The anchors are made out of two parts: a free length formed by
just the anchor rod and modelled with a node-to-node anchor, and a bonded length which is
the grout body with the anchor rod inside, modelled by an embedded pile row element:

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 202/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

To draw the anchor rods of the grout anchors (hence, the free length sections) select
again the Create line button, now followed by the Create node-to-node anchor button
( ).

Draw the upper anchor from (x y) = (15 -5) to (30 - 15) and right-click to end the drawing.

Now draw the lower anchors from (x y) = (15 -10) to (30 -20) and again right-click to end
the drawing.

Finally, insert the grout bodies (hence, the bonded length sections) using embedded pile
rows. To do so, select the Create embedded pile row button from the Create line button
menu.

Draw the upper grout body from (x y) = (30 -15) to (37.5 -20) and right-click to end
drawing.

Draw the lower grout body from (x y) = (30 -20) to (37.5 -25) and again right-click to end
drawing.

Embedded pile rows typically have a free moving foot and a head for which the connection
to adjacent plate elements can be specified. This connection can either be Free, Hinged or
Rigid. In order to avoid that the head of the embedded pile row is connected to the underlying
soil and thus preventing the head of the grout body to move relative to the soil, the connection
type must be set to Free:

With the <Ctrl> key pressed on the keyboard, select both embedded pile rows in the
drawing area.

In the Selection explorer change the Connection for both embedded pile rows from Rigid
to Free, see figure 5.

Figure 5: Selected embedded pile rows in Selection explorer

Hint: As interfaces can be introduced on both sides of a geometry line, one


should pay attention to the arrows on the cursor. These arrows indicate
where the program will locate the interfaces.

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 203/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Hint: It is not necessary to create a geometry line before creating plates,


geogrids, embedded pile rows or anchors. When drawing a plate, geogrid
or embedded pile row, a geometry line is automatically added. Anchors do
not create corresponding geometry lines. This is not necessary since
anchors do not interact with the underlying soil.
Finally, the levels of excavation must be defined:

From the Create lines menu select the Create line option

Draw a line from (x y) = (0 -5) to (15 -5) to define the first level of excavation and right-click
to stop drawing.

Now draw the second level of excavation from (x y) = (0 -10) to (15 -10).

Finally, draw the third level of excavation from (x y) = (0 -15) to (15 -15).

Material sets

Open the Material sets window by selecting the Show materials button ( ).

In the Material sets window change the Set type to Plates and create a new plate
material set according to the parameters given in table 2.

Assign the material set to the wall. This can be done either by dragging the material set
over the different parts of the wall, or by selecting the parts of the wall wall and change
the material set in the Selection explorer.

In a similar way, create material sets for the anchors and embedded pile rows according
to the parameters given in tables 3 and 4 and assign them.

Figure 6: Full geometry

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 204/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Hint: Please note that the interface doesnt extended for a short distance
underneath the beam anymore. In 2D one had to extend the interface
manually. In 2DX it will be extended automatically at the mesh definition to
overcome a singular point at the bottom of the wall.

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 205/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Mesh mode

Press the Generate Mesh button ( ). In the Mesh options window that appears set
the Element distribution to Medium and press the OK button.

Press View mesh ( ) to inspect the resulting mesh as shown in figure 7.

Figure 7: Medium finite element mesh

The mesh is automatically refined around the wall and anchors and needs no further refinement.

12 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 206/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Staged construction mode


Change to the Staged construction mode to define the construction phases for this project.
The entire construction process consists of five phases. Define the phases, as shown graphically
below.

Initial phase
For the initial phase make sure that:

all soil layers are activated (coloured)

all stuctures are deactivated (grey)

Phase 1: First excavation


In the first calculation phase, the diaphragm wall is activated and the first excavation takes
place. See figure8a.

Click on the Add phase button ( ) in the Phases explorer to add the first calculation
phase.

Select the Activate button ( ) and click on the 4 parts of the wall to activate the complete
wall. Note that this will automatically also activate the interfaces on both sides of the wall.

Also click on the soil representing the first excavation to deactivate the soil.

(a) Phase 1: Wall installation and first excavation (b) Phase 2: Installation of the top anchor

Figure 8: Construction phases 1 & 2

Computational Geotechnics 13

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 207/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Phase 2: Install first anchor


In the second phase a new option is used: the prestressing of anchors.
Add a new calculation phase in the Phases explorer.

Select the Activate button ( ) and click on the grout body (the embedded pile row) of
the upper anchor to activate it.
Then click on the anchor rod (node-to-node anchor) to also activate the anchor rod.
Now that the grout anchor is active, it needs to be prestressed:

Select the Select button ( ) and select the anchor rod of the upper anchor, hence the
node-to-node anchor.
In the Selection explorer click on the option Adjust prestress that can be found as part
of the node-to-node anchor. A checkbox now appears.
Select the checkbox (so that its checked). An extra input field Fprestress now appears. Fill
in a presstress of 300 kN, see figure9.
In the geometry a black node-to-node anchor indicates that the anchor is activated. The letter
"p" indicates that a prestress force will be active in the anchor.

Figure 9: Adjusting the presstress

Phase 3, 4 and 5
Now define the remaining phases according to figures 10a, 10b and 10c.
In phase 3 excavate the second part of the excavation
In phase 4 activate the lower anchor and prestress it to 300 kN
In phase 5 excavate the remaining 3rd part.
Hint: When processing an anchor in a certain calculation phase the anchor
force will exactly match the prestress force at the end of that phase. In
following calculation phases without prestressing, the anchor force will be
influenced by the excavation process

14 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 208/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

(a) Phase 3: Second excavation stage (b) Phase 4: Installation of the lower anchor

(c) Phase 5: Final excavation stage

Figure 10: Construction phases 3, 4 and 5

Calculate
When all phases are defined, press the Calculate ( ) button. Ignore the warning to select
nodes for curves.

Computational Geotechnics 15

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 209/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

OUTPUT
After calculation, press the View calculation results button ( ) to inspect the results.
The results of phase 5 are presented in figure 11. After this final stage the calculated excavation
bottom heave is about 5 cm.

Figure 11: Deformed mesh (phase 5)

Select the button Select structures ( ) and double click on a node-to-node anchors.
Plaxis will present a table in which the stress in all anchors may be inspected. Anchor
forces are approximately 340 kN where the lower anchor has a slightly higher anchor
force than the upper anchor.

When double-clicking on one of the embedded pile rows the change of axial forces within
the grout body can be investigated. For both grout bodies the axial forces equals the
anchor force where its connected to the node-to-node anchors. The axial decreases
almost linearly over the length of the grout body.

By double-clicking on the wall the structural forces in the wall can be inspected. The
maximum bending moment should be in the order of 480 kNm/m (figure 12)

When double-clicking on an interface only the results of part of the interface can be
seen. In order to see the results for the whole interface chain, keep <Shift> pressed
on the keyboard while double-clicking on the interface. In figure 13 the left side are the
passive earth pressures and the right side are the active earth pressures. It can be seen
that only a small part of the maximum passive earth pressures has been mobilized at
this stage.

16 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 210/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Figure 12: Bending moments in the Figure 13: Effective normal stresses in the
secant wall interface

Geometry size
For any project the geometry has to be made sufficiently large so that the boudary conditions
have no influence on the calculation results. This means in practice that close to the boundaries
(with exception of a axis of symmetry) displacements should be small and stresses should be
undisturbed. When using the HSsmall model there is an interesting plot that can be used to
check this.

From the Stresses menu choose the option State parameters and then G/Gur .

This plot shows the actual shear stiffness divided by the unloading/reloading shear stiffnes
at engineering strain level. For areas with very small deformations the stiffness will be high
(small strain stiffness) and so the value of G/Gur > 1. Hence, the geometry is sufficiently large
if next to the boundaries, with exception of the axis of symmetry, G/Gur > 1, which indeed is
the case.
Hint: State parameters are additional quantities that relate to the state of the
material in the current calculation step, taking into account the stress
history. Examples of state parameters are the isotropic overconsolidation
pressure (pp ) and the hardening parameter p that specifies the maximum
shear strain level reach in the stress history.

Surface settlements
In Plaxis Output it is possible to see calculation results in a user-defined cross section. This
feature will be used to check the surface settlements behind the secant wall.

Computational Geotechnics 17

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 211/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Click the Cross section button . The Cross section points window appears, see figure
14.

It is possible to draw a cross section by hand and check in the Cross section points window
what the coordinates are of the start and end point of the cross section. However, it is also
possible to position the cross section at a specific location by defining the coordinates of the
start and end point manually.

Move the mouse to the Cross section points window and fill in the coordinates (15, -0.1)
for the first point and (100, -0.1) for the second point and press OK. This will create a
cross section from the right boundary of the model until the secant wall just below the
soil surface. The cross section will open in a new window.

From the Deformations menu select Total displacements and then u y to see the vertical
displacements of the soil surface. The maximum settlement is about 12 mm, see figure 15.

Figure 14: Cross section points window

Figure 15: Vertical displacements behind the secant wall

18 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 212/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

APPENDIX A: DETERMINATION OF SOIL PARAMETERS FROM


TRIAXIAL TEST

Figure 16: Triaxial test for sand layer

Strength parameters

Fill in 1 and 3 in the Mohr-Coulomb criteria:

1 3 = (1 + 3 ) sin + 2c cos

Since the cohesion will be small, assume c = 0:

1 3
1 +3
= sin
370100
370+100
= sin
= 35o
= 30 = 5o

For reasons of numerical stability, use c = 1 kPa

Computational Geotechnics 19

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 213/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

Stiffness parameters
The triaxial test has a cell pressure 3 = 100 kPa. This corresponds with reference pressure,
so E50 = Eref
50 .

ref v 135
E50 = v
= 0.675%
= 2.0 104 kP a

For Sand it can be assumed that


ref ref
Eoed = E50 = 2.0 104 kP a
ref ref
Eur 4 E50 = 8.0 104 kP a
m = 0.5
Additionally it is assumed that:
Gref
0
ref
= 1.25 Eur = 1 105 kP a
0.7 = 1.5 104

20 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 214/448
Tied-back excavation using HSsmall

APPENDIX B: MATERIAL PROPERTIES SECANT WALL


For a plane strain model material properties for the secant wall have to specified per meter
length of the wall. In order to do so we first recognize the secant wall as consisting of repetitive
parts at a certain intermediate distance, as shown in Figure 17.

Figure 17: Secant wall as repetitive equal sections

Compared to the original bored piles the repetitive sections have a reduced cross sectional
area. Though it can be analytically derived how much the reduction is, the fastest way to
determine this is to draw the repetitive section on paper with a fine grid based on the original
bored piles with a diameter of 1000mm and an overlap of 200mm and count squares. Using
this method the cross sectional area of the repetitive section is determined as As = 0.74 m2 .
Since the sections are at a distance D apart where D is given as 800mm, the cross sectional
area of the wall per meter is given as:
Awall = ADs = 0.74
0.8
= 0.93 m2 /m

For the moment of inertia is assumed that the influence of the reduced cross sectional area
is negligble as the reduction is close to the axis of bending and symmetric. Therefore the
moment of inertia per meter wall is determined as:
Ipile 4 (0.5)4
Iwall = D
= r
4D
= 40.8
= 61.3 103 m4 /m

With Econcrete = 2.7 107 kN/m2 this gives

EA = (2.7107 )(0.93) = 2.5107 kN/m


EI = (2.7107 )(61.3103 ) = 1.67106 kNm2 /m

And for the weight:

w = A = 16 0.93 = 15 kN/m/m

Computational Geotechnics 21

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 215/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 10
Modelling of Groundwater in PLAXIS
Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 216/448
Modelling of Groundwater in PLAXIS AE

CONTENTS
A. Introduction
1. Groundwater in Geotechnical Engineering
2. Plaxis
B. Definitions Pore Pressures in Plaxis
1. Active
2. Water
3. Steady-state
4. Excess
C. Generation of Porewater Pressures in Plaxis
1. Porewater Pressure due to Hydrostatic Condition (Phreactic Control)
2. Pore Pressures due to Groundwater Flow (Steady or Transient States)
3. Pore Pressures due to Consolidation (Steady State Only plus Excess PWP)
4. Pore Pressures due to Fully Coupled Consolidation (Transient Only)
D. Hydraulic models
1. Fully Saturated Soils
2. Partially Saturated Soils
E. Case Histories
1. Excavations
F. References

22/10/2014 2
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 217/448
Modelling of Groundwater in Plaxis
A. INTRODUCTION

22/10/2014 3

Groundwater Analysis
A. Geotechnical problems are related to groundwater
B. Two extreme conditions of porewater response are normally considered,
they are:
1. Drained
2. Undrained (Method A, B & C)
C. Real soil behaviour is related to time , i.e. transient, with the porewater
pressure being dependent on imposed:
1. Permeability
2. Rate of loading
3. Hydraulic (Flow) boundary conditions
D. The interstitial voids of the soil skeleton can be fully or partially filled with
pore fluid and therefore effective stresses are influenced by this action
E. This lecture will look into the following issues:
1. The setup of pore pressures in Plaxis
2. Input parameters
3. Some examples of groundwater regimes

22/10/2014 4
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 218/448
Modelling of Groundwater in Plaxis
B. DEFINITIONS OF PORE PRESSURES IN
PLAXIS AE

22/10/2014 5

A. DEFINITIONS AND MODES

A. Definition of Pore Water Pressure Terms in Plaxis

1. Pactive - Active State Pore Pressures (idea of Total Pore Water Pressure)

2. Pwater - Pore Water Pressures (Psteady + Pexcess)

3. Psteady - Steady State Pore Pressures (Background)

4. Pexcess - Excess Pore Pressures

B. Calculation Modes (AE)

1. Ground Water Flow Only

2. Consolidation (based on Pexcess ONLY)

3. Fully Coupled Flow-Deformation Consolidation (based on Total PWP ie Pactive)

22/10/2014 6
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 219/448
A1.ACTIVE PORE PRESSURE Pactive

22/10/2014 7

A2. PORE WATER PRESSURE Pwater

22/10/2014 8
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 220/448
A3.STEADY-STATE AND EXCESS PORE PRESSURE

Plastic Drained or Undrained Analysis

Consolidation process is dissipation of Pactive or Pexcess to Psteady


values in the long-term condition

22/10/2014 9

A4. SATURATION AND SUCTION

Include Steady and Excess components

This is know as the apparent cohesion


Similar in concept to Prof Fredlunds strength model Ca = (ua-uw)*tan b =Seff *tan

22/10/2014 10
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 221/448
A5. TERZAGHI OR BISHOP EFFECTIVE STRESS
Terzaghi Effective Stress (only for Saturated Soil with pressure or suction)

Bishop Effective Stress (only for Saturated/Unsaturated Soil with pressure or suction)

22/10/2014 11

A5. EFFECTS OF IGNORE SUCTION

22/10/2014 12
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 222/448
B. CALCULATION MODES

22/10/2014 13

B1. GROUNDWATER FLOW ONLY MODE

Groundwater Flow mode:


Similar to PlaxFlow but with huge improvements in the kernel (see Galavi, 2010)
All functionalities of PlaxFlow rewritten in PLAXIS code (new)
Steady state groundwater flow

Transient groundwater flow (ONLY POSSIBLE IN THIS MODE)

All types of boundary conditions

New features in wells and drains

Faster calculation (new)

22/10/2014 14
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 223/448
B2. PLASTIC OR CONSOLIDATION (OLD CLASSICAL)
A. Steady-state pore pressures
1. Phreatic lines
2. Steady-state groundwater flow
analysis

B. Excess pore pressures


1. Undrained material type in
combination with Plastic
calculation, combine with
2. Consolidation analysis
INPUT KERNEL

Steady State Excess Porewater Deformation


Note:
Note:
1. Undrained Analysis
1. Hydrostatic
2. Consolidation Analysis
2. GWF calculation

Active Porewater = Steady-state + Excess


22/10/2014 15

B3. FULLY COUPLED FLOW-DEFORMATION MODE


(OLD ADVANCED MODE)
A. Consolidation analysis
B. Transient groundwater flow analysis is
implied in the calculations

KERNEL

Active Porewater Deformation


Note:
1. Undrained Analysis
2. Consolidation Analysis

22/10/2014 16
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 224/448
Modelling of Groundwater in Plaxis
B. GENERATION OF POREWATER
PRESSURES

22/10/2014 17

GENERATION OF STEADY-STATE PORE PRESSURES

Steady-state (Background) pore pressures can be generated by:

1.Phreatic and Cluster Approach (Hydrostatic)

2.Groundwater Flow Analysis

22/10/2014 18
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 225/448
PHREATIC AND CLUSTER APPROACH

A. Phreatic Level
1. General Phreatic Level

2. Cluster Phreatic Level


B. Cluster Pore Pressure Distribution
1. Interpolation (Adjacent to clusters or phreatic lines)

2. Cluster Dry

3. User-defined Pore Pressure Distribution

22/10/2014 19

C1. PHREATIC LINE

a) Porewater pressures are hydrostatic


b) Calculated based on gamma-water * height of the water column
c) Simple situations (water-table is horizontal)
d) No flow
e) For cases, i.e. simple excavations, foundations or embankments

22/10/2014 Hydrostatic steady-state pressure along interface


20
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 226/448
GENERAL PHREATIC LINE

22/10/2014 21

GENERAL & CLUSTER PHREATIC LINES

22/10/2014 22
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 227/448
Cluster: Dry

22/10/2014 23

Cluster: User-defined Pore Pressure Distribution

22/10/2014 24
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 228/448
Combination: Phreatic and Cluster Options

22/10/2014 25

COMBINATION: PHREATIC & CLUSTER OPTIONS

22/10/2014 26
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 229/448
CLUSTER DRY + INTERPOLATION COMBO

Cluster Dry

Interpolated
Case Histories

22/10/2014 27

GROUNDWATER FLOW ANALYSIS


A. Steady-state Pore Pressure Generation based on Groundwater Flow Calculation
B. Influence by:
1. Soil Permeability
2. Boundary Conditions (External or Internal)

C. Phreatic line is calculated for


1. Confined flow problems
2. Unconfined flow problems

D. Steady-state groundwater flow:


1. No change in flow field with time
2. Position of phreatic is fixed (influence by k and geometry of hydraulic passage)
3. Long-term flow field condition

E. Transient-state groundwater flow (ONLY possible in Groundwater Flow Mode):


1. Flow field influence by time
2. Position of phreatic line changing with time
3. Applicable to problems where pore pressure and hydraulic boundaries are changing with time.

22/10/2014 28
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 230/448
GROUNDWATER FLOW: STEADY STATE

Calculation based on setup of:

1. Boundary conditions:

a) Prescribed water levels (constant)

b) Closed flow boundaries (bottom, axis of symmetry)

c) Wells and drains (constant)

d) Interface elements (on=impermeable, off=permeable)

e) Inflow / outflow (constant)

2. Soil permeabilities

3. Phreatic level in the soil is being calculated for t=

22/10/2014 29

GROUNDWATER FLOW: TRANSIENT-STATE

Transient groundwater flow:


1. Boundary conditions
a) Prescribed water levels (changing with time)
b) Closed flow boundaries (bottom, axis of symmetry)
c) Wells and drains (changing with time)
d) Interface elements (on=impermeable, off=permeable)
e) Inflow / outflow (changing with time)

2. Flow field changes in time:


a) Constantly changing natural water conditions
b) Relatively fast building process, pumping, wells
3. Embankments with river changes, tidal change
4. Reservoir impoundment and drawdown
5. Precipitation problems

22/10/2014 30
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 231/448
Pore pressures steady-state
Steady-state flow:
Water conditions
settings

Create global water level

Closed Flow

RESULTS FLOW FIELD RESULTS GROUNDWATER HEAD

22/10/2014 31

STEADY STATE ARTESIAN CONDITION

WATER CONDITIONS
SETTINGS: Set Cluster Water Level
SAND

CLAY (INTERPOLATE BETWEEN


CLUSTERS PORE PRESSURES)

SAND
Set Cluster Water Level

RESULTS FLOW FIELD CLOSED FLOW

RESULTS GROUNDWATER HEAD

22/10/2014 32
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 232/448
SOME POINTS: FINITE ELEMENT MODELING

1. GWF calculation generally needs finer mesh than deformation analysis


2. GWF calculation generally needs large number of steps than deformation
analysis
3. GWF calculation usually converges, but can be problematic when:
a) Mesh is too coarseness
b) Elements are distorted
c) Large differences in permeabilities

22/10/2014 33

SOME POINTS- FINITE ELEMENT MODELING

1. Qualitative evaluation:
Flow field
Location of phreatic line
2. Quantitative evaluation:
Heads, pore pressures compared to hydrostatic,
Compare with measurements or field experience

22/10/2014 34
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 233/448
Modelling of Groundwater in Plaxis
D. HYDRAULIC MODELS IN PLAXIS

22/10/2014 35

Groundwater flow flow in unsaturated soil

Water content and permeability in unsaturated zone

k k rel k sat , k rel f h p , S


(h p )
S (h)
n

hp= => pressure head

22/10/2014 36
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 234/448
Groundwater flow flow in unsaturated soil
A. Linear Model

krel
1
hp = -
hp = 0
m
0 hp

1 hp 0 Saturated For numerical stability



k rel 1 m h p 0 hp Partially saturated
hp 1 Ae
Dry
3 N int

22/10/2014 37

Groundwater flow flow in unsaturated soil


Soil Water Characteristic Curve (SWRC or RC)

22/10/2014 38
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 235/448
Groundwater flow flow in unsaturated soil

van Genuchten model

1 g n

S ( h p ) S res ( Ssat Sres ) 1 g a h p


gn ( g )
n

2
g n 1
g n g n

gl

krel S Se 1 1 Se g n 1



with S Sres
Se
Ssat Sres

Ssat,Sres: saturated and residual saturation


ga, gn and gl: curve fitting parameters
22/10/2014 39

Groundwater flow flow in unsaturated soil

Approximate van Genuchten model

1 if hp 0
Linear in Saturation


hp
S hp 1 if h ps h p 0
hps
0 if h p h ps

1 if hp 0
4h p Log-linear in Permeability
h
krel h p 10 pk if h pk h p 0
4
10 if h p h pk

hps: length of partially saturated zone under hydrostatic conditions

hpk: pressure head at krel=10-4


22/10/2014 40
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 236/448
Groundwater flow - material data sets
A. Parameters:
1. Permeabilities (kx, ky)
2. Void ratio (to calculate storage)
3. Elastic storage coefficient
(The volume of water that a unit volume of saturated soil loses due to
a unit reduction in the applied water head)
4. Maximum unsaturated zone height
B. Soil classification
1. Particle fractions
2. Predefined series (Staring, Hypres, USDA) with Van Genuchten and
Approx. van Genuchten parameters.
3. User-defined

22/10/2014 41

Groundwater flow - material data sets

Soil classification - Staring


Dutch soil classification system
18 upper soils data sets
18 lower soil data sets

Upper soils:
< 1m below soil surface
Lower soils:
all deeper soils

22/10/2014 42
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 237/448
Groundwater flow - material data sets

Soil classification: Hypres

Hydraulic Properties of
European Soils
Particle distribution:
< 2m
2m - 50m
50m 2mm

5 upper soils data sets


5 lower soil data sets
1 organic soil data set

22/10/2014 43

Groundwater flow - material data sets

Soil classification: USDA


United States Department
of Agriculture

Particle distribution:
< 2m
2m - 50m
50m 2mm
12 soils data sets
No difference between
upper and lower soils

22/10/2014 44
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 238/448
Groundwater flow - material data sets

Soil classification and Van Genuchten parameters

Relative permeability

Degree of saturation

22/10/2014 45

Modelling of Groundwater in Plaxis


E. EXAMPLES

22/10/2014 46
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 239/448
Modeling of
Ground Water in Excavation Analysis

22/10/2014 47

Effects of GWT on Excavation Analysis


For PLAXIS FEM Program:
Steady State GWT Calculation is a separate program from Excess Pore
Pressure and Consolidation Calculation
This can lead to many different ways to include Effects of GWT on Excavation
Analysis
The GWT or Phreatic Surface can be determined by either
Method A Steady State Flow calculation (Prefered Method)
Method B User Defined Phreatic Surface, ie head is constant on a
vertical section (to model hydrostatic pressure on both sides of excavation)

22/10/2014 48
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 240/448
Possible GWT
Conditions in
Excavations

2ba
uC w
2b a

(2b c)a
uG w
2b c a
49

PLAXIS Model of Full GWT

h=Ha (const)

h=Hb(const)
Ha

Hb

CLOSED FLOW Boundary

22/10/2014 50
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 241/448
PLAXIS Model of GWT Drawdown
Phreatic surface, PP=0
GWT drawdown

h=Ha(const)

h=Hb(const)

Ha
Hb

CLOSED FLOW Boundary

22/10/2014 51

PLAXIS Model of Hydrostatic GWT

h=Ha(const)

Ha
h=Hb(const)
Hb

Hydrostatic both sides but PP not in Equilibrium


This may give problems as there are incorrect
effective stresses in the mesh
22/10/2014 52
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 242/448
Seepage and Excavations
A. GWT lowering by Steady State Seepage
B. GWT lowering by Transient Seepage

22/10/2014 53

GWT lowering SS Seepage

Excavate 5m, k=1e-5 m/s Excavate 10m, k=1e-5 m/s

Lower 1.3m
Lower 3.0m

Excavate 15m, k=1e-5 m/s GWT is nearly proportional to


excavation depth
Lower 5.6m

22/10/2014 54
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 243/448
GWT lowering SS Seepage

Excavate 15m, k=1e-5 m/s Excavate 15m, k=1e-7 m/s

Lower 5.6m
Lower 5.6m

For SS case, GWT is not


Excavate 15m, k=1e-9 m/s dependent on k.

Lower 5.6m Pattern of GW heads is


function of geometry only and
soil layer arrangements

22/10/2014 55

GWT and Transient Seepage

Excavate 5m, k=1e-5 m/s Excavate 5m, k=1e-7 m/s

Lower 1.3m
Lower 0.8m

Excavate 5m in 30 days.
Excavate 5m, k=1e-9 m/s
Sands, k=1e-5 m/s is like SS
Lower 0.3m case
Clays, k=1e-9 m/s very little
GWT lowered

22/10/2014 56
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 244/448
GWT and Transient Seepage

Excavate 10m, k=1e-5 m/s Excavate 10m, k=1e-7 m/s

Lower 3.0m
Lower 1.8m

Excavate next 5m in 30 days.


Excavate 10m, k=1e-9 m/s
Sands, k=1e-5 m/s is like SS
Lower 0.3m case
Clays, k=1e-9 m/s very little
GWT lowered

22/10/2014 57

GWT and Transient Seepage

Excavate 5m, k=1e-5 m/s Excavate 5m, k=1e-7 m/s

Lower 5.6m
Lower 3.6m

Excavate next 5m in 30 days.


Excavate 15m, k=1e-9 m/s
Sands, k=1e-5 m/s is like SS
Lower 0.3m case
Clays, k=1e-9 m/s very little
GWT lowered

22/10/2014 58
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 245/448
Modeling of
Water drawdown in Dam Analysis

22/10/2014 59

Rapid Drawdown Example Fully Coupled Consolidation


and Time Dependent Boundary Conditions

A and B are Head BC drawdown from H=25m to


H=5m in 50 days (SLOW CASE)
C is Free Seepage BC drawdown from H=25m to
H=5m in 50 days (SLOW CASE)

Water Conditions Settings

A
C
B FILL CORE

SUBSOIL

CLOSED FLOW BDY

10/22/2014 60
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 246/448
Rapid Drawdown Example
Time Dependent Boundary Conditions

From H=25m to H=5m in 50 days (Slow Case)

H=25m

H=5m

10/22/2014 61

Rapid Drawdown Example


Time Dependent Boundary Conditions

From H=25m to H=5m in 50 days (Slow Case)

H=25m

H=5m

10/22/2014 62
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 247/448
Rapid Drawdown Example
Time Dependent Boundary Conditions

From H=25m to H=5m in 50 days (Slow Case)

Potential Slip Surface by c/phi reduction for the


Case of Slow DD in 50 days FOS=1.477

10/22/2014 63

Rapid Drawdown Example


Time Dependent Boundary Conditions

WL at 25m FOS=1.752

WL at 5m Very Slow DD FOS=1.671

WL at 5m Slow DD in 50 days FOS=1.477

Beware of unwanted suction; better to


switch off suction in design (safer)

WL at 5m rapid DD in 5 days FOS=0.969 (FAILURE!!)

10/22/2014 64
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 248/448
Pore Water Pressure and Saturation

Rapid Case H=25m to 5m in 5 days

Slow Case H=25m to 5m in 50 days

10/22/2014 65

Reservoir Drawdown (Flow Field)


Steady State at High Reservoir

Rapid Drawdown H=25 to 5m in 5 days

Slow Drawdown H=25 to 5m in 50 days

10/22/2014 66
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 249/448
END

22/10/2014 67

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 250/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 11
Drained and Undrained Analysis
Professor Antonio Gens

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 251/448
CG11: DRAINED AND UNDRAINED ANALYSIS

Antonio Gens

Technical University of Catalunya, Barcelona

some of the slides were originally created by:


Helmut Schweiger (Technical University of Graz, Austria)
Ronald Brinkgreve (Plaxis bv / Delft University of Technology)
Cino Viggiani (Laboratoire 3S, Grenoble, France)

outline

drained / undrained (conditions and analysis)


drained / undrained soil behaviour
typical results from drained and undrained triaxial tests
strength parameters in effective stresses and total stresses
what is the critical case: drained or undrained?
modelling undrained behaviour with Plaxis
general procedure
three methods
Method A: effective stresses
Method C: total stresses
Method B (effective stress, hybrid method)
undrained shear strength (for Method A)
undrained behaviour with Mohr-Coulomb Model
undrained behaviour with advanced models
influence of dilatancy
summary

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 252/448
drained / undrained (conditions and analysis)

in undrained conditions, no water movement takes place and,


therefore, excess pore pressures are built up
u 0, '

in drained conditions, no excess pore pressures are built up


u = 0, = '

drained analysis appropriate when


permeability is high
rate of loading is low
short term behavior is not of interest for problem considered

undrained analysis appropriate when


permeability is low and rate of loading is high
short term behavior has to be assessed

triaxial test (NC soils) drained / undrained soil behaviour

drained undrained

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 253/448
triaxial test (OC soils) drained / undrained soil behaviour

drained undrained

stress paths in undrained triaxial test NC / OC

1 3
t
2
3
s' 1
2
3
s 1
2

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 254/448
Undrained soil behaviour

Implications of undrained soil behaviour


excess pore pressures are generated
no volume change
in fact small volumetric strains develop because a finite (but high) bulk
modulus of water is introduced in the finite element formulation
undrained shear strength is the critical parameter controlling
stability

Strength parameters
Mohr-Coulomb parameters in terms of effective stress


c tan

in terms of principal effective stresses

1 3 3 c c
1 sin ; t s sin
2 2 tan tan

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 255/448
Strength parameters
Mohr-Coulomb parameters in terms of principal effective stress
tan = sin

t
1 3
2 a = ccos

s'
'1 '3 , s 1 3
2 2

1 3 3 c c
2
1
2

tan sin ; t s
tan sin ; t s sin c cos

Strength parameters
Mohr-Coulomb parameters in terms of total stresses
Only undrained conditions!

c tan total stresses

Cu
1 3 1 3
2
F
2
F cu ,

-Cu
Effective stresses

Soil behaves as if it was cohesive


cu ( su ) : undrained shear strength
cu only changesPlaxis
if drainage occurs (no change if undrained conditions prevail)
Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 256/448
What is the critical case: drained or undrained?
t

OC
OC

NC
NC
Loading

Unloading
s, s

note that for soils in general:


factor of safety against failure is genarallylower for
short term (undrained) conditions for loading
problems (e.g. embankment)
factor of safety against failure is generally lower
for long term (drained) conditions for unloading
problems (e.g. excavations)
however

What is the critical case: drained or undrained?


t

OC
OC

NC
NC
Loading

Unloading
s, s

For very soft NC soil, factor of safety against failure may


be in some cases lower for short term (undrained)
conditions for unloading problems (e.g. excavations)
For very stiff OC soil, factor of safety against failure may
be in some cases lower for short term (undrained)
conditions for loading problems (e.g. embankment)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 257/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior
undrained analysis in terms of effective stress (Plaxis 2010)
type of material behaviour: undrained (Plaxis < 2010)
the issue:
constitutive equations are formulated in terms of
' D'
we need to compute D
D

FE modeling of undrained behavior

principle of effective stress ' f


with f pw pw pw 0 0 0
T

since the strains are the same in each phase,


' D '
13 03 Kf
f D f D f Ke Ke
03 03 n
pore fluid stiffness, related to the
bulk modulus of pore fluid (water) Kf

We need D D
' f D D ' D f ( D ' D f )

D D' D f
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 258/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior
Example: linear elastic model + plane strain

D D' D f K
E
G
E
3(1 2 ) 2(1 )
4 2 2 G G'
K ' 3 G K ' G
3
K ' G 0
3
&xx &xx
e

& K ' 2 G 4 2
K ' G K ' G 0 &eyy
yy 3 3 3 D
&zz &zz
e

K ' 2 G 2
K ' G
4
K ' G 0 &e
&xy 3 3 3 xy
0 0 0 G

4 2 2
K 3 G K G
3
K G 0
3
&xx &xx
e

& K 2 G 4 2
yy K G K G 0 &eyy

&zz
3 3 3
&zz
e D
K 2 G 2
K G
4
K G 0 &e
&xy 3 3 3 xy
0 0 0 G

FE modeling of undrained behavior


Example: linear elastic model + plane strain

D D' D f
4 2 2
K ' 3 G K ' G
3
K ' G 0
3
Ke Ke Ke 0
K ' 2 G K ' G
4 2
K ' G 0
K Ke Ke 0
D 3 3 3 e
Ke Ke Ke 0
K ' 2 G 2
K ' G
4
K ' G 0
3 3 3 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 G

4 2 2
K ' 3 G K e K ' G K e
3
K ' G K e
3
0

K ' 2 G K 4
K ' G K e
2
K ' G K e 0
D 3
e
3 3

K ' 2 G K e 2
K ' G K e
4
K ' G K e 0
3 3 3
0 0 0 G

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 259/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior
Example: linear elastic model + plane strain
D D' D f
4 2 2
K ' 3 G K e K ' G K e
3
K ' G K e
3
0

K ' 2 G K 4
K ' G K e
2
K ' G K e 0
D D ' De 3
e
3 3

K ' 2 G K e 2
K ' G K e
4
K ' G K e 0
3 3 3
0 0 0 G

4 2 2
K 3 G K G K G 0

3 3
4 4
K 2 G 4
K G
2
K G 0
K ' G K e K G
D 3 3 3 3 3

K 2 G 2
K G
4
K G 0
3 3 3
0
0 0 G
K K ' K e

FE modeling of undrained behavior

all the above (which is valid for any soil (or model) for which the
principle of effective stress applies) can be easily combined
with the FEM

instead of specifying the components of D, specify D' and Ke


D D' D f
when calculating stresses,
f K e v
' f
' D'

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 260/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior

a value must be set for Ke


real value of Ke = Kw/n ~ 1106 kPa (for n = 0.5)
in fact, the pore-fluid is assigned a bulk modulus that is
substantially larger than that of the soil skeleton (which
ensures that during undrained loading the volumetric strains
are very small)

PLAXIS automatically adds stiffness of water when undrained


material type is chosen using the following approximation:
Kw Eu 2 G 1 u
K total K'
n 31 2 u 31 2 u

E' 1 u
K total assuming u = 0.495
31 2 u 1 '
Note: this procedure gives reasonable results only for ' < 0.35 !

modeling undrained behavior with PLAXIS

method A (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


effective strength parameters (MC: c', ', )
effective stiffness parameters (MC: E50', )

method B (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
effective stiffness parameters E50', '

method C (analysis in terms of total stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
total stiffness parameters Eu, u = 0.495

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 261/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior (method A)
analysis in terms of effective stress
type of material behaviour: undrained method A (version 2010)
undrained (version < 2010)
u changes (excess pore water pressures generated)
constitutive equations are formulated in terms of
' D '
In the case of Mohr Coulomb model:
effective strength parameters c, ,
effective stiffness parameters E50', '

the total stiffness matrix is computed as: D D' D f

available for all models (including user defined models)!

FE modeling of undrained behavior (method A)


t

uf
u
TSP
ESP
cu
s, s

single set of parameters in terms of effective stress (undrained,


drained, consolidation analysis consistent)
realistic prediction of pore pressures (if model is appropriate)
the undrained analysis can be followed by a consolidation
analysis (correct pore pressures, correct drained parameters
and Cu is updated automatically)
Cu is a consequence of the model, not an input parameter!!
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 262/448
modeling undrained behavior with PLAXIS

method A (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


effective strength parameters (MC: c', ', )
effective stiffness parameters (MC: E50', )

method B (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
effective stiffness parameters E50', '

method C (analysis in terms of total stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
total stiffness parameters Eu, u = 0.495

FE modeling of undrained behavior (method C)


analysis in terms of total stress
type of material behaviour: undrained method C (version 2010)
drained (version < 2010) (in spite of
modelling an undrained situation)
u does not change
constitutive equations are formulated in terms of
total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
total stiffness parameters Eu, u = 0.495

available for Linear elastic, Mohr Coulomb, NGI-ADP models

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 263/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior (method C)
t

TSP=ESP
cu
s, s

parameters in terms of total stress


no prediction of pore pressures (only total stresses
are obtained)
the undrained analysis can not be followed by a
consolidation analysis
Cu is an input parameter!!

modeling undrained behavior with PLAXIS

method A (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


effective strength parameters (MC: c', ', )
effective stiffness parameters (MC: E50', )

method B (analysis in terms of effective stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
effective stiffness parameters E50', '

method C (analysis in terms of total stresses):


total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
total stiffness parameters Eu, u = 0.495

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 264/448
FE modeling of undrained behavior (method B)
analysis in terms of effective stress
type of material behaviour: undrained method B (version 2010)
undrained (version < 2010)
u changes
constitutive equations are formulated in terms of (but strength
in total stresses!)
total strength parameters c = cu, = 0, = 0
effective stiffness parameters E50', '
' D '
D
D D' D f
3 E
Resulting undrained stiffness parameters Eu ; u 0.495
2 1
available for Mohr Coulomb, HSM, HSSM, NGI-ADP models

FE modeling of undrained behavior (method B)


t

ESP TSP
cu
s, s

parameters in terms of total stress and effective stress


prediction of pore pressures (generally unrealistic)
the undrained analysis should not be followed by a
consolidation analysis (pore pressures unrealistic and
Cu is not updated automatically)
Cu is an input parameter!!

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 265/448
Undrained shear strength (for Method A)
In method A, Cu is a consequence of the model, not an input parameter!!
Therefore, it is necessary to know what value of Cu we are actually using

In the case of the Mohr-Coulomb model (in plane strain), it is easy to compute
Cu analytically
For plane strain: the undrained effective stress path rises vertically
1
2 0 '2 ' ( '1 '3 ) ; '2 ' ('1 '3 )
E
Linear Elasticity
p ' 1 1
v 0 p ' 0 p ' '1 '2 '3 '1 '3 (1 ' ) 0
K' 3 3
1
'1 '3 s' 0 tan = sin
2
t
1 3
2

Effective Stress
a = ccos

Path, ESP
A to , so s'
'1 '3 , s 1 3
2 2

Undrained shear strength from the Mohr Coulomb model

Plane strain: effective stress path rises vertically

tan = sin

t
1 3 Effective Stress
2
Path, ESP B
a = ccos

cu
A
to , so

s'
'1 '3 , s 1 3
2 2

1
cu c 'cos ' so 'sin ' c 'cos ' vo ho sin '
2
cu c 'cos ' 1
1 K 0 sin ' , K 0 ho
'v 0 'v 0 2 vo
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 266/448
Undrained shear strength from the Mohr Coulomb model

The Mohr Coulomb model in terms of effective stresses


OVERESTIMATES the undrained shear strength of soft clays!

cuMC

cu real
s, s

Undrained shear strength (for Method A)


Advanced models can provide better values of undrained shear
strength (but check!)

q
ine
el
advanced i lur
f a
models

advanced
models
elastic-perfectly
cu,3
2c u,3 plastic models
cu,2
c2cu,1u,1 2c u,2

pc p

Results from undrained triaxial tests using simple and advanced constitutive models

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 267/448
Undrained shear strength from advanced models

Although it is possible, in a few simple cases, to obtain an analytical


expression for cu, it is advisable to perform a numerical laboratory
test to check the value of undrained shear strength actually supplied
by the model
It is important to perform the numerical laboratory test under the
same condition as in the analysis
Plane strain, triaxial, simple shear
Correct initial stresses
Compression, extension, simple shear
Not all cu values are achievable with a particular model

Soft soil model

Parameters
c ' 0.1 kPa ' 23 K 0NC 1 sin ' 0.609 ur 0.15 * 0.11 * 0.0275

140.00
140.00

120.00
120.00

100.00 100.00
1-3 (kPa)

80.00 80.00
1-3 (kPa)

60.00 60.00

40.00
40.00

20.00
20.00

0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0.00
0.00 20.00 40.00 60.00 80.00 100.00 120.00 140.00 160.00
p' (kPa)
p' (kPa)

Triaxial (compression) Triaxial (extension)

cu/v=0.279 cu/v=0.214

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 268/448
Soft soil model

Parameters
c ' 0.1 kPa ' 23 K 0NC 1 sin ' 0.609 ur 0.15 * 0.11 * 0.0275

140.00

120.00

100.00

80.00
1-3 (kPa)

60.00

40.00

20.00

0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
p' (kPa)

Plane strain (compression) Plane strain (extension)

cu/v=0.279 cu/v=0.277

influence of dilatancy on undrained shear strength

if we set 0 then, negative volumetric plastic deformations


occur at failure:

v ve vp (elastic-plastic behavior)

v 0 (undrained conditions)

vp 0 ve 0 p ' K ' ve 0
At failure: q M p ' q 0
t s sin t 0

result: unlimited increase of q (or t), i.e. infinite strength!!

Therefore, in undrained analysis, dilatancy, , must be set to zero!


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 269/448
influence of constitutive model and dilatancy

simulation of undrained triaxial compression test MC / HS model - q vs 1

300

275

250

225

200

175
q [kN/m ]
2

150

125

100

75
MC non dil
50 MC dil
HS_1 non dil
25 HS_1 dil

0
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00

1 [%]

influence of constitutive model and dilatancy

simulation of undrained triaxial compression test MC / HS model - q vs p'

300

275 MC non dil


MC dil
250 HS_1 non dil
HS_1 dil
225 total stress path
200

175
q [kN/m ]
2

150

125

100

75

50

25

0
0.00 25.00 50.00 75.00 100.00 125.00 150.00 175.00 200.00 225.00 250.00
2
p' [kN/m ]

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 270/448
summary
FEM analysis of undrained conditions can be performed in effective
stresses and with effective stiffness and strength parameters
(Method A)
Method A must be used:
if consolidation/long term analysis are required
advanced soil models are adopted
undrained shear strength is a result of the constitutive model
care must be taken with the choice of the value for dilatancy angle
Methods B and C provide alternative ways to analyze undrained
problems but:
the constituive model dos not generally represent the true soil
behaviour (before failure)
potentially useful for stability problems in undrained conditions
(specification of undrained shear strength is straightforward)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 271/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 12
Consolidation Analysis
Professor Antonio Gens

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 272/448
CG12: CONSOLIDATION ANALYSIS

Antonio Gens

Technical University of Catalunya, Barcelona

some of the slides were originally created by:


Helmut Schweiger (Technical University of Graz, Austria)
Dennis Waterman (Plaxis)

CONSOLIDATION: OUTLINE

Introduction
Theory of consolidation
Permeability
FEM for consolidation analysis
Calculation modes
Final remarks

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 273/448
TYPES OF ANALYSIS

Drained
Loading/Construction/ excavation: very slow (in relation to the
soil permeability)

Undrained
Loading/Construction/ excavation: very fast (in relation to the
soil permeability)

Intermediate cases: consolidation analysis


Both mechanical and hydraulic (flow) problems interact
More complex computations: coupled analysis

EXAMPLE

Excess pore
water pressure

Consolidation

Initial state Undrained loading Final state

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 274/448
OTHER EXAMPLES

1973 1984

Ekofisk tank

OTHER EXAMPLES

Construction at intermediate rates

Change of hydraulic conditions

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 275/448
Theory of consolidation

What is the net outflow/inflow of water in a elementary volume of soil?

qx q y
div q q
x y

qx q y qz
In three dimensions: div q q
x y z

In a saturated soil the net outflow/inflow of water must be equal to:


change of porosity
volume change due to water compression (very small but
sometimes important)
we assume solid grains incompressible

Theory of consolidation
Considering:
fully saturated soil, incompressible particles

Net outflow/inflow of water per time increment: qt

Must be equal to:


n
1. Change of porosity:
t
n
2. Water compression: pw
Kw

n n n n
i.e. qt pw ; qt pw
t K w t Kw

v = volumetric strain Kw = bulk stiffness of water


pw = pore pressure change q = pore water flow
n = porosity t = time increment
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 276/448
Theory of consolidation

Equation of continuity (with soil deformation and water compressibility)


It expresses the conservation of water mass

n n
v qt pw
t Kw

change of n depends on changes of effective stresses (flow


problem depends on the mechanical problem)
change of pore pressures (effective stresses) is derived from the
flow problem (mechanical problem depends on the flow problem)
mechanical and flow problem interact and must be solved
simultaneously
COUPLED PROBLEM!

Theory of consolidation

Pore water flow:

Darcys law (isotropic permeability):


k k = permeability
q pw w = unit weight of water
w
Total change of volumetric strain in time,
considering homogeneous permeability:

n n k n
v qt pw pw t pw
t Kw w K w

v k n pw
2 pw
t w K w t

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 277/448
Theory of consolidation
v n pw k 2
pw
t K w t w
General 3D case:
' v '
D mT D mT 1,1,1, 0, 0, 0
t t t t
Assuming isotropic elasticity!:

v 1 p ' 1 ( p pw ) 1 p 1 pw

t K ' t K ' t K ' t K ' t
p = mean total stress
1 p 1 n pw k p = effective mean stress
2 pw
K ' t K ' K w t w
E'
where K' = bulk stiffness of soil skeleton
3 1 2 '

kK' pw p
Considering incompressible water: 2 pw
w t t

Theory of consolidation

1D consolidation:
v 1 ' 1 ( pw )
2H
t Eoed t Eoed t
1 1 n pw k 2
pw
Eoed t Eoed K w t w
(1 ') E '
where Eoed (1 ')(1 2 ') = constrained modulus of soil skeleton

k Eoed pw
Considering incompressible water: 2 pw
w t t
Coefficient of consolidation:
k Eoed L F L3 L2
Cv units: (m2 / s)
w 2
T L F T
Note: Cv is mainly controlled by permeability and is less variable with respect to
stress level than individual components (they vary in opposite directions)
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 278/448
Theory of consolidation

1D consolidation, considering a constant total stress : 0
t
pw k Eoed
cv 2 pw where cv = consolidation coefficient =
w
t

cv t
T
H2

Theory of consolidation

1D consolidation, considering a constant total stress : 0
t
pw k Eoed
cv 2 pw where cv = consolidation coefficient =
w
t

cv t
T
H2

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 279/448
PERMEABILITY
Dependence on grain (pore) size

Soil k (cm/s)
Clean gravel >1
Clean sand 1 - 10-2
(coarse)
Sand mixture 10-2 - 5x10-3
Fine sand 5x10-2 -10-3
Silty sand 2x10-3 -10-4
Silt 5x10-3 -10-5
Clay 10-6 and less
Harr (1962)

Permeability often anisotropic



q x k x q y k y
x y

PERMEABILITY
Dependence on void ratio

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 280/448
PERMEABILITY

PLAXIS allows consideration of change of permeability with void ratio

k e
log
k0 ck
Default value for ck is 1015
Use realistic ck only with advanced models

There may be large contrasts of permeability between different


materials in the same problem
Too much permeability contrast may cause numerical difficulties
The ratio between the highest and lowest permeability value
should not exceed 105
To simulate an almost impermeable material (e.g. concrete), a
value lower by a factor 1000 is sufficient

FEM for consolidation analysis

Classical formulation
Consolidation analysis based on excess pore pressure (EPP):
pactive psteady pexcess

Assumptions:
Steady state pore pressure is constant in time (horizontal phreatic level or
steady state pore pressure from groundwater flow calculation)
Excess pore pressure can change in time
Fully saturated soil (above and below phreatic level)

Limitation:
Time dependent hydraulic boundary is not possible (variable phreatic level)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 281/448
FEM for consolidation analysis

Node
Element

Stress
point

Mesh:
Elements: Interpolation of primary variables
Nodes: Primary variables (displacements, pore pressures)
Stress points: Derived variables (strains, stresses, Darcy velocities)

Same order of interpolation in PLAXIS

19

FEM for consolidation analysis

Calculations:
Stiffness matrix
Coupling matrix
K v L p f Forces Equilibrium
Pore pressures
Displacements

Flow matrix
Displacements
dv dp
H pL S q
T
Net flow
dt dt Continuity
Compressibility of water
Transposed coupling matrix

K L v 0 0 v0 f

LT S p 0 t H p 0 t q System of equations
* *

S t H S q q0 q
* *

Solution: Displacements and (excess) pore pressures


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 282/448
FEM for consolidation analysis
Calculations:

K v L p f Equilibrium
dv dp
H pL S q
T
Continuity
dt dt
K L v 0 0 v0 f

S p 0 t H p 0 t q
LT *

*
System of equations
S t H S q q0 q
* *

H: permeability matrix H ( N )T k ( N ) dV
V
T

S: compressibility matrix S
n
Kw
N N dV
V

K: stiffness matrix T
K B D B dV
V

L: coupling matrix T
L B m N dV
V

Solution: Displacements and (excess) pore pressures

FEM for consolidation analysis

Boundary conditions (mechanical)


Fixities
Loads
Boundary conditions (hydraulic )
Prescribed groundwater head
No flow
Others: drains, wells, infiltration

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 283/448
FEM for consolidation analysis

INITIAL PORE PRESSURE AND EXCESS PORE PRESSURE

Sand

Clay pw

Sand pw0

e.g. t=0 t=1 t = 10 t = 40 t = 100 days

pw pw 0 pw pw 0 steady state pore pressure

Consolidation in classical mode in terms of excess pore pressures


Steady state pore pressures have to be established

FEM for consolidation analysis


Time step
Automatic time stepping is required
Critical time step (smaller steps may cause stress oscillations)

l2
tcritical
Cv
l = element length
= 80 for 15-node triangles
= 40 for 6-node triangles

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 284/448
FEM for consolidation analysis

Calculations:
Consolidation Staged construction > Time interval t
Consolidation Minimum pore pressure > |p-stop|
Consolidation Incremental multipliers > Time increment

Typical: Plastic calculation (staged construction) with undrained materials, followed


by consolidation analysis
Rate loading: Time increment and load increment give loading rate

FEM for consolidation analysis

Output:
Deformations
Stresses
Excess pore pressure
History curves
(e.g. pore pressure as function of time)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 285/448
FEM for consolidation analysis

Validation: One-dimensional consolidation

FEM for consolidation analysis

Validation: One-dimensional consolidation

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 286/448
Calculation models

New features from PLAXIS 2D 2010


From the 2010 version, PLAXIS offers two types of consolidation
analysis: classical mode and advanced mode

TYPES OF CONSOLIDATION ANALYSIS

PLAXIS 2010 offers two types of consolidation analysis: classical


mode and advanced mode
Classical mode Advanced mode
Consolidation in terms of excess Consolidation in terms of total pp
pp (generated in undrained or Fully coupled analysis between
consolidation analyses) deformations and pore pressures
Coupling between deformation and Change in steady state pp,
excess pp excess pp and deformation
Steady state pp generated prior to influence each other
calculation More boundary conditions for flow
Changes in steady state pp may Soil can be saturated, dry or
change excess pp and unsaturated
deformation but not viceversa
Bishop stress is adopted
(semi-coupled)
Soil fully saturated or dry

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 287/448
Final remarks

Conclusions
FEM is quite suitable for 2D and 3D consolidation analysis
2D or 3D coupled consolidation is different from 1D or uncoupled consolidation
PLAXIS has several options for consolidation based on excess or total pore
pressure

Future perspectives
The classical and advanced calculation modes will be replaced (in version
2013?) by two options: ignore suction or allow suction

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 288/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 13
Exercise 4: De-watering in Excavation
Mr Siva Subramanian & Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 289/448
Excavation and dewatering

EXCAVATION AND DEWATERING

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 290/448
Excavation and dewatering

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 291/448
Excavation and dewatering

INTRODUCTION
This example involves the dry construction of an excavation. The excavation is supported
by concrete diaphragm walls. The walls are tied back by pre-stressed grout anchors. The
HSsmall model is used to model the soil behaviour. Special attention is focused on the output,
which provides us insight in the soil behaviour and its interaction with structural elements. It
is noted that the dry excavation involves a groundwater flow calculation to generate the water
pressure distribution.
The excavation is 20 m wide and 10 m deep. 15 m long concrete diaphragm walls of 0.35
m thickness are used to retain the surrounding soil. Two rows of ground anchors are used
at each wall to support the walls. The upper anchor has a total length of 14.5 m and an
inclination of 33.7o (2:3). The lower anchor is 10 m long and is installed at an angle of 45o .
The excavation is symmetric so only one half of the problem needs to be modelled.

Figure 1: Excavation supported by tie back walls

The relevant part of the soil consists of three distinct layers. From the ground surface to a
depth of 3 m there is a fill of relatively loose fine sandy soil. Underneath the fill, down to a
minimum depth of 15 m, there is a more or less homogeneous layer consisting of dense well
graded sand. This layer is particular suitable for the installation of the ground anchors. In the
initial situation there is a horizontal phreatic level at 3 m below the ground surface, (i.e. at the
base of the fill layer) Below the sand layer there is a loam layer which extends to large depth.

INPUT
Project properties
Start a new project in Plaxis. The symmetric problem can be modelled with a geometry model
of 60 m width and 40 m depth. Hence, set the model Contour to xmin = 0m, xmax = 60m,
y min = 40m and y max = 0m. Keep all other settings to their defaults.

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 292/448
Excavation and dewatering

Soil mode

Define a single borehole taking into account the following soil layers:

1. A fill layer of 3 m thick

2. A sand layer of 14 m thick

3. A loam layer of 23 m thick

Make sure the Head of the borehole is set to -3 m.


For the material properties, use the data given in table 1.

Table 1: Soil and interface properties


Parameter Symbol Fill Sand Loam Unit
Material model Material model HSsmall HSsmall HSsmall
Drainage type Drainage type Drained Drained Drained
Unsaturated soil weight unsat 16.0 17.0 17.0 kN/m3
Saturated soil weight sat 20.0 20.0 19.0 kN/m3
ref 3
Reference secant stiffness E50 20.5 10 38.5 103 20.0 103 kN/m2
from triaxial test
ref
Reference tangent Eoed 20.5 103 35.0 103 20.0 103 kN/m2
stiffness from oedometer
test
ref
Reference Eur 61.5 103 115.5 103 60.0 103 kN/m2
unloading/reloading
stiffness
Power for m 0.5 0.5 0.7
stress-dependent stiffness
Cohesion c0ref 1.0 1.0 8.0 kN/m2
0 o
Friction angle 30.0 34.0 29.0
o
Dilatancy angle 0.0 4.0 0.0
4
Threshold shear strain 0.7 1.0 10 1.0 104 1.5 104
Reference small-strain Gref
0 180.0 103 350.0 103 180.0 103 kN/m2
shear modulus
Advanced parameters Default Default Default
Horizontal permeability kx 1.0 0.5 0.01 m/day
Vertical permeability ky 1.0 0.5 0.01 m/day
Interface strength Rinter 0.65 0.7 Rigid
reduction factor
Coefficient for initial K0 Automatic Automatic Automatic
horizontal stress

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 293/448
Excavation and dewatering

Structures mode
The proposed geometry model is given in figure 2, all sizes and coordinates are given in
meters.
A ground anchor can be modelled by a combination of a node-to-node anchor and a embedded
pile row (purple line). The embedded pile row simulates the grout body (bonded length)
whereas the node-to-node anchor simulates the anchor rod (free length). The diaphragm
wall is modelled as a plate. The interfaces around the plate are used to model soil-structure
interaction effects.

Figure 2: Geometry model of building pit

The properties of the concrete diaphragm wall are entered in a material set of the plate type.
The concrete has a Youngs modulus of 35 GPa and the wall is 0.35 m thick. The properties
are listed in table 2.

Table 2: Properties of the diaphragm wall


Parameter Symbol Diaphragm wall Unit
Material type Material type Elastic
Isotropic - Yes
End bearing - Yes
Axial stiffness EA1 ,EA2 1.2 107 kN/m
Flexural stiffness EI 1.2 105 kN/m2 /m
Weight w 8.3 kN/m/m
Poissons ratio 0.15

For the properties of the ground anchors, two material data sets are needed: One of the
anchor type (anchor rod) and one of the embedded pile row (grout body). The anchor data

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 294/448
Excavation and dewatering

set contains the properties of the anchor rod and the embedded pile row data set contains the
properties of the grout body. The data are listed in tables 3 and 4.

Table 3: Properties of the anchor rod


Parameter Symbol Anchor rod Unit
Material type Material type Elastic
Axial stiffness EA 2.5 105 kN
Spacing Ls 2.5 m

Table 4: Property of the grout body (embedded pile row)


Parameter Symbol Grout body Unit
Modulus of elasticity E 2.1*108 kN/m2
Material weight 58 kN/m3
Pile type Pile type Predefined -
Predefined pile type Predefined pile type Massive circular pile -
Diameter Diameter 0.036 m
Spacing Lspacing 2.5 m
Skin resistance Ttop,max , Tbot,max 1000 kN/m
Base resistance Fmax 0 kN
Interface stiffness factor Default values -

Mesh mode
Click the Mesh generation button and in the Mesh option window that appears, set the Element
distriibution to Fine. This should give a mesh as shown in figure 3.

Figure 3: Generated finite element mesh

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 295/448
Excavation and dewatering

Water conditions / Staged construction mode


The calculation consists of the initial phase and six phases.

In the first phase the wall is constructed.

In the second phase the first 3 m of the excavation are constructed without connection
of anchors to the wall. At this depth the excavation remains dry.

In the third phase the first anchor is installed and prestressed.

The fourth phase involves further excavation to a depth of 7 m, including the de-watering
of the excavation. This involves a groundwater flow analysis to calculate the new pore
water pressure distribution, which is a part of the definition of the third calculation phase.

In the fifth phase the second anchor is installed and prestressed.

The sixth phase is a further excavation (and de-watering) to the final depth of 10 m.

The calculation is done using a so-called semi-coupled analysis. This means that the groundwater
flow field is generated first and used as input to the deformation analysis. In other words, the
groundwater flow will have an effect on the deformations in the soil, but the deformations
in the soil will not change the flow field. This assumption is reasonable if the flow field
will not be disturbed by excess pore pressures resulting from undrained behaviour or by
significant changes in permeability due to large deformations. In this excavation problem
indeed permeabilities are high and undrained behaviour should be of little or no importance.
All calculation phases are defined as Plastic calculations of the Staged construction type
and standard settings for all other parameters. The instructions given below are limited to a
description of how the phases are defined within the Staged construction mode.

Initial phase
In Staged construction mode make sure that all soil is activated and all structural elements
are deactivated.

The initial phreatic line follows from the Head information specified in the borehole, and
should be located at y = -3m. That is, on the separation of the fill and sand layer.

Phase 1: Construction of the diaphragm wall


Construction of the diaphragm wall takes 5 days. Therefore, fill in a Time interval of 5
days in the General section of the Phases window.

In Staged construction mode activate the wall as well as the interfaces along the wall.

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 296/448
Excavation and dewatering

Phase 2: First excavation stage


In the Phases window do:

In the General section, set the Timer interval to 7 days


In the Deformation control parameters section select the option Reset displacements
to zero as were not interested in the displacements caused by the installation of the
wall.

In Staged construction mode

deactivate the first excavation part.

Phase 3: Prestress first anchor


Prestressing the first row of anchors will take 1 day, hence in the Phases window enter a 1
day construction time for this phase.

In Stage construction mode

activate the upper embedded pile row representing the grout body of the first anchor.
select the upper node-to-node anchor so that it appears in the Selection explorer.
In the Selection explorer now activate the anchor and also select the option Adjust
prestress. Set a prestress force of 300 kN.

Phase 4: Second excavation stage and dewatering


The second excavation stage includes dewatering and will take 10 days. Dewatering will be
simulated using a steady-state groundwater flow analysis.

In the Phases window

in the General section, set the Time interval to 10 days


also in the General section, set the Pore pressure calculation type to Steady-state
groundwater flow.

In Staged construction mode

deactivate the second excavation part.

In Water conditions mode

No water flow can occur through a axis of symmetry. Therefore the axis of symmetry
must be a closed flow boundary. To do so, do for all lines on the left boundary and
for the bottom boundary:

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 297/448
Excavation and dewatering

Right-click the line.


From the menu that pops up, select the option Activate.
In the Selection explorer set the Behaviour to Closed. The boundary is now
drawn as a thick black line to indicate its an active closed boundary.
The groundwater head boundary conditions needed for the groundwater flow analysis
can be applied in a simple manner by using the global water level:
Select the Create water level button ( )
Draw a water level from (x y) = (-1 -7) to (20 -7), (30 -3) and finally to (61 -3)
Right click the water level that was just created and from the popup menu select
Make global to make sure the new water level is the global water level in this
calculation phase.

Phase 5: Prestress second anchor


Prestressing the second row of anchors will take 1 day, hence in the Phases window enter a
Time interval of 1 day.
In Stage construction mode
activate the lower embedded pile row representing the grout body of the second
anchor.
select the lower node-to-node anchor so that it appears in the Selection explorer.
In the Selection explorer now activate the node-to-node anchor and also select the
option Adjust prestress. Enter a 500 kN prestress force.

Phase 6: Third excavation stage and dewatering


The third excavation stage includes dewatering and will take 7 days. Dewatering will be
simulated using a steady-state groundwater flow analysis.
In the Phases window
in the General section, set the Time interval to 7 days
also in the General section, set the Pore pressure calculation type to Steady-state
groundwater flow.
In Staged construction mode
deactivate the third excavation stage.
In Water conditions mode.
Check that both the axis of symmetry and the bottom of the model are closed
boundaries.
Draw a new general phreatic level from (x y) = (-1 -10) to (20 -10), (30 -3) and (61
-3).
Right-click the newly generated water level and make it the global level.

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 298/448
Excavation and dewatering

Phase 7: Safety analysis


Finally, create a Safety phase following phase 6 in order to determine the factor of safety for
the final excavation stage.
The safety analysis needs more than the default 100 additional calculation steps in order to
reach failure and therefore the number of additional steps must be increased:

Open the Phases window

In the section Numerical control parameters deactivate the option Use default iter parameters
and set Max steps to 200.

Nodes for load displacement curves


Select some nodes for load displacement curves, for instance the top of the wall at (x y) =
(10 0) and the middle of the excavation bottom at final depth at (x y) = (0 -10).
Now start the calculation.

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 299/448
Excavation and dewatering

ALTERNATIVE: TRANSIENT
GROUNDWATER FLOW
As an alternative calculation a fully coupled analysis will be performed. This analysis couples
transient groundwater flow, consolidation and deformations implying that the groundwater flow
field, the development and dissipation of pore pressures and the deformation are all calculated
simultaneously and all influence each other. This type of analysis should be performed if the
flow field is expected to be varying in time (transient flow) or when significant changes in
permeability due to large deformations are likely to occur. In this excavation problem the main
reason to use this analysis is to take into account that the flow field will not reach a steady-
state during excavations and so a transient flow analysis is required. The addidional effects
of coupling the flow field with undrained behaviour will probably be small as this project deals
with high permeabilities. Note that a fully coupled analysis requires that the calculation type is
Fully coupled flow-deformation.
It is possible to re-use the project made for the calculation using the method of steady-state
analysis:

Save the project under a different name

Change the calculation phases according to the description below.

Initial phase
No changes have to be made

Phase 1: Construction of the diaphragm wall


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to Consolidation.

Phase 2: First excavation stage


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to Consolidation.

Phase 3: Prestress first anchor


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to Consolidation.

Phase 4: Second excavation stage and dewatering


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to
Fully coupled flow-deformation.

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 300/448
Excavation and dewatering

Phase 5: Prestress second anchor


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to
Fully coupled flow-deformation.

Phase 6: Third excavation stage and dewatering


In the Phases window in the General section, change the calculation type to
Fully coupled flow-deformation.

Phase 7: Safety analysis


No changes have to be made

Select all phases for calculation and start the calculation

12 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 301/448
Excavation and dewatering

OUTPUT
Figure 4 gives the total displacements for the final phase for both the calculation with steady-
state groundwater flow and the transient groundwater flow.
The excavation using steady-state flow gives a maximum displacements of about 20 mm while
excavation using transient flow gives a maximum displacement of about 18 mm. Note that the
colours of the graphs are both scaled of 0 to 22 mm in 11 intervals.

Figure 4: Total displacements for the semi coupled analysis (left) and the fully coupled analyis
(right)

Figure 5 shows the vertical displacements for the final phase for both calculations. For the
displacements behind the wall the excavation using steady-state analysis clearly gives more
vertical displacements over a slightly larger distance from the excavation than the excavation
with transient flow.

Figure 5: Vertical displacements for the semi coupled analysis (left) and the fully coupled
analyis (right)

The extreme bending moments are about -155 kNm/m and 75 kNm/m for the excavation using
semi-coupled analysis while the extremen bending moments for the excavation using fully
coupled analysisare about -145 kNm/m and 95 kNm/m. Hence, the transient flow calculation
leads to a slightly smaller field bending moment, but a slightly higher foot bending moment
than the steady-state flow.

Computational Geotechnics 13

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 302/448
Excavation and dewatering

Figure 6: Bending moments in the wall for the semi coupled analysis (left) and the fully coupeld
analyis (right)

Figure 7 shows the horizontal displacements of the top of the wall as a function of
construction time for both the excavation using semi-coupled and fully-coupled analysis.

Figure 7: Horizontal wall displacements for the excavation

14 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 303/448
Excavation and dewatering

Finally, looking at the factor of safety for the final situation (see figure 8) it can be seen that the
fully coupled analysis gives a marginally larger factor of safety than the semi coupled analysis.

Figure 8: Strength reduction curve for the determination of the factor of safety

Computational Geotechnics 15

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 304/448
Excavation and dewatering

16 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 305/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 14
Unsaturated Soils & Barcelona Basic Model
Professor Antonio Gens

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 306/448
CG14: UNSATURATED SOILS AND BARCELONA
BASIC MODEL

Antonio Gens

Technical University of Catalunya, Barcelona

some of the slides were originally created by:


Vahid Galavi (Plaxis)

Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 307/448
Unsaturated soils

Solid

Liquid Gas

V pores Vliquid Vgas Vliquid Vliquid


n Sr 1 Sg
Vtotal Vtotal V pores Vliquid Vgas
Porosity Degree of saturation

Unsaturated soils: failure

Shum Wan Road landslide, Hong Kong Island on August 13th,1995


Photographs from Geotechnical Engineering Office, Hong Kong
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 308/448
Engineering problems involving unsaturated soils: collapse

Fig. 4
Collapse in Via Luigi Settembrini, Naples (15-09-2001)

Unsaturated soils: a bit of history


1950s, 1960s
Relevance of suction recognized
Interpretation in terms of single effective stress
Late1960s, 1970s
Unsaturated soils as difficult soils, `special soils, regional soils
Late1970s, 1980s
Recognition of need for two stress variables
State surface approach
Late 1980s, 1990s onwards
Large expansion of research
Suction control and measurement
Elastoplastic models
Incorporation into mainstream Soil Mechanics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 309/448
Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Suction in unsaturated soils


New additional variable: suction
Water potential, : work required to transport a unit mass from a
reference pool of pure water to the soil water under consideration

c o g z
Matric Osmotic Gas Gravitational

c ( uw ua ) : Matric (capillary) potential


o cm RT : Osmotic potential
g ( ua uatm ) : Gas pressure potential
z w z : Gravitational potential

Review panel (1965)


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 310/448
Suction in unsaturated soils

Gravitational
potential

Gas pressure
potential

Matric potential

Suction in unsaturated soils

SEMIPERMEABLE
MEMBRANE

ns
os RT
V
SOLUTE
PURE
WATER

Osmotic potential

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 311/448
Suction in unsaturated soils
New additional variable: suction
Water potential, : work required to transport a unit mass from a
reference pool of pure water to the soil water under consideration

c o g z (Review panel, 1965)


Matric Osmotic Gas Gravitational
Total water potential controls water flow
Water potential affects mechanical behaviour. Not all potential
components have, however, the same effect

s w c :Matric suction w o :Osmotic suction


st s : Total suction
Total suction is directly related to relative humidity (psychrometric law)
In most cases, only matric suction is relevant for mechanical behaviour

Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 312/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation
Saturated soils: equation of continuity (with soil deformation)

n q x q y n
0
t x y t

Unsaturated soils: equation of continuity (with soil deformation)

(n S r ) q x q y
0
t x y (n S r )
t
n (, s ) S r (, s ) q x q y
Sr n 0
t t x y

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation

Unsaturated soils: equation of continuity (with soil deformation)

(n S r ) q x q y (n S r )
0
t x y t

n (, s ) S (, s ) q q y
Sr r n x 0
t t x y

Constitutive Retention Darcys


law curve law

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 313/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation
Unsaturated soils: retention curve
(also called soil water characteristic curve, SWCC)
Sr f pa pw = f s

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation


Unsaturated soils: retention curve

1. Retention curves exhibit hysteresis effects


2. This value of negative water pressure is called the air entry value
for that soil
3. Negative pore pressures can exist in saturated soils

UNSATURATED

SATURATED

SATURATED

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 314/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation
Unsaturated soils: retention curve

UNIFORM

(Brooks and Corey, 1964)

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation


Retention curve: analytical expressions
Plaxis uses the Van Genuchten expression


1 g n

gn
gn
S ( p ) S residu ( S sat S residu ) 1 g a p

p s ( pa pw ) in m

S sat 1.0 S residu 0.027


g a 2.24 m 1 g n 2.286

An alternative linearized VG model is provided in Plaxis


Parameter values are provided depending on soil classification
Used-defined models are possible
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 315/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation
Unsaturated soils: Darcys law

h pw
q k k h y
dy dy w

Relative permeability

k k rel ( S r ) k sat

Fredlund &
Rahardjo (1993)

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation


Relative permeability: analytical expressions
Plaxis uses the Van Genuchten expression
2

g n 1

g n g n
S r S residu

k rel ( S r ) ( S e ) g l 1 1 S e g n 1 S e
S sat S residu


S sat 1.0 S residu 0.027
g a 2.24 m 1 g n 2.286
g l 0.0

An alternative linearized VG model is provided in Plaxis


Parameter values are provided depending on soil classification
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 316/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation
Hydraulic parameters: data set

Standard (Topsoil part of Hypres)


Hypres (International soil
classification system)
USDA (International soil classification
system)
Staring (Dutch soil classification
system)
User-defined

Parameter values are provided depending on soil classification


Hydraulic parameters must be chosen very carefully!

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation


Finite element formulation for coupled consolidation analysis
(advanced model only!)
The same shape functions are used for pore water pressure and
displacement.
i 1 i 1
K Q v 0 0 vi fu
T p 0 t H
i t (G q )
Q S t H w p w p

p

k rel k rel
H ( N )T G p ( N )T k w g ( N ) dV
sat sat
k ( N ) dV
H: permeability matrix V
w V
w
T nS dS
S: compressibility matrix S N
K
n
dp
N dV
V w w

K: stiffness matrix T
K B M B dV
V

Q: coupling matrix Q S B m N dV
T

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 317/448
Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation

Calculation procedure
The presented system is highly non-linear. The non-linearity occurs
because of suction dependent degree of saturation (Q and S) and the
suction dependent permeability (H).
A fully implicit scheme of integration is used to solve the fully coupled
flow-deformation analysis.
k rel
H ( N )T
sat
H: permeability matrix k ( N ) dV
V
w

T nS dS
S: compressibility matrix S N n N dV
V K w dp w
T
Q: coupling matrix Q S B m N dV
V

Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 318/448
A fundamental variable for unsaturated soils: (matric) suction
Matric suction is often associated with capillary phenomena

s ua u w

Intergranular capillary forces

In most cases, only matric suction is relevant for mechanical behaviour

Stress variables for unsaturated soils


It is necessary to use two stress variables to characterize the
behaviour of unsaturated soils
Conventional effective stress concept does not apply!
ua 1 ( s, Sr ) 2 ( s, Sr )
Class I ua (1 0)
Includes net stress and suction (BBM): ua , s
Class II ua 1 ( s)
Class III ua 1 ( s, Sr )
Includes Bishops stress and suction (Plaxis BBM): ua S r s , s

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 319/448
Stress variables for unsaturated soils
Class I
Includes net stress and suction (BBM): ua , s
Easy representation of conventional stress paths (including laboratory test
paths)
Difficulties in the transition saturated-unsaturated
Hysteresis and hydraulic effects difficult to incorporate
Independent function required to model the increase of strength with suction

Class III
Includes Bishops stress and suction (Plaxis BBM): ua S r s , s
Representation of conventional stress paths not straightforward, sometimes
impossible
No difficulties in the transition saturated-unsaturated (it recovers Terzaghis
effective stress on reaching Sr=1)
Hysteresis and hydraulic effects can be naturally incorporated
The increase of strength with suction results from stress variable definition

Stress variables
Isotropic plane using net stress and suction

: Wetting at constant (net) stress


: Loading a saturated soil
: Drying at constant (net) stress
: Loading at constant suction
: Stress path during a swelling pressure test
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 320/448
Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Unsaturated soils: features of behaviour


Shear strength

Suction-controlled direct shear cell (Escario and Sez, 1980).


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 321/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength
Shear strength increases with suction

Moderate suctions

Escario & Sez (1986)

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength


Shear strength increases with suction: a bilinear relationship

f c ' n p a tan ' s tan b

Variation of
apparent cohesion
and friction with
suction
Fredlund & Rahardjo (1985)

Shortcoming: close to saturation should be equal to '


b
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 322/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength
Shear strength

s
s Large suctions
s

MATRIC SUCTION, s (kg/cm2) Escario & Juc(1990)

The bilinear relationship is not valid and must be modified


The rate of increase of strength close to saturation must be tan
The increase of strength is not linear but it becomes asymptotic at high
suctions
A single stress variable may account for the strength increase with suction
' pa ( pa pw ) ; ( Sl ) (Bishop stress)

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength


Bishop (1959) proposal for effective stress:
' ua (ua uw ) ; ( Sr )

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 323/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength
Bishop (1959) proposal for effective stress: ' ua (ua uw ) ; ( Sr )

Often ( Sr ) Sr leading to Bishop stress: ' ua Sr (ua uw )

Sr

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength

Assuming (ua 0) and Sr leads to the simplified expression:

' ( S r u w )
f c' n tan ' c' ( n S r uw ) tan ' c' n tan ' S r uw tan '
The variation of shear strength with suction depends on the variation of Sr with
suction

Often Sr is replaced by Se (PLAXIS!)


S r S res Se: effective saturation
Se
S sat S res Sr: degree of saturation
Sres: residual saturation (suction )
Ssat: saturation when (suction=0)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 324/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: shear strength

Sand (USDA): (Sres=10,5%)

S r pw

S e pw

Unsaturated soils: flow and consolidation


Hydraulic parameters: data set

Standard (Topsoil part of Hypres)


Hypres (International soil
classification system)
USDA (International soil classification
system)
Staring (Dutch soil classification
system)
User-defined

Parameter values are provided depending on soil classification


Hydraulic parameters must be chosen very carefully!

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 325/448
Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: volume change

Suction-controlled oedometer cell


Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 326/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: consolidation lines

Suction increases the apparent preconsolidation stress


The soil can sustain a higher void ratio at the same stress value

(Oedometer
tests on a
Brazilian
residual soil;
Fig. 5 Lemos, 1998)

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: volume change


Collapse

Jennings & Burland


(1962)

Two stress variables are required to describe collapse

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 327/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: volume change
Volume change behaviour on saturation depends on applied stress level

Behaviour of unsaturated soils: volume change


Triaxial wetting tests on Ko-consolidated samples of Lower Cromer Till
(Maswoswe, 1985)

swelling collapse

After collapse, the saturated void ratio is recovered


Collapse (compression) is observed on wetting at high stresses, but a
(small) swelling is observed upon wetting at low stresses
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 328/448
Behaviour of unsaturated soils: volume change

Specimens of compacted clay at 90% of Normal Proctor energy and two


different water contents (Escario & Sez, 1973)

Sample A

Sample B

During collapse, volume strain may change sign (it can only be observed in
suction controlled tests)

Unsaturated soils: outline

Introduction: characteristic problems in unsaturated soils


Suction in unsaturated soils
Flow and consolidation in unsaturated soils
Stress variables
Mechanical behaviour of unsaturated soils
Shear strength
Volume change

The BBM model for unsaturated soils

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 329/448
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils
The Barcelona Basic Model
(BBM)
Alonso, E.E., Gens, A. & Josa, A. (1990). A constitutive model for partially saturated soil,
Gotechnique, 40, No3, 405-430.

For partially saturated soils which are slightly or moderately expansive..

Implemented as UDSM in PLAXIS


by Gonzalez & Gens (2008) using
Bishops stress and suction as
stress variables.

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils

The Barcelona Basic Model (BBM)

Net stress: ( pa ) Suction: s ( pa pw )


Isotropic plane Yield curve
S=0 Yield LC
Elastic
VOID RATIO, e

domain
SUCTION, s

S3
S3
S2 S2
S1
S1
S=0
MEAN NET STRESS, p MEAN NET STRESS, p
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 330/448
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils
The Barcelona Basic Model (BBM)

Yield curve Yield curve


LC1 LC2
Elastic
domain Loading
SUCTION, s

p o 1
L
S1

C
Collapse

p p
*
o 1
*
o 2 MEAN NET STRESS, p

Isotropic plane

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils


The Barcelona Basic Model (BBM)

Elastic Yield curve


LC LCB LCC
domain

A B C
SUCTION, s
SUCTION, s

plastic
compression
elastic
swelling

C B A vol
p p p
*
o
*
o B
*
o C compression swelling

MEAN NET STRESS, p


Isotropic plane
Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 331/448
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils
The Barcelona Basic Model (BBM)

sSUCTION,

q
LC
s CSL (s)

Elastic CSL (s=0)


domain
s
s=0
po* po po* po
MEAN NET STRESS, p MEAN NET STRESS, p

Isotropic plane Deviatoric plane

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils


The Barcelona Basic Model (BBM)

Three-dimensional view

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 332/448
Unsaturated soils

FEATURES OF BEHAVIOUR
Suction increases the apparent preconsolidation pressure (yield
stress) and (often) soil stiffness
Volume change behaviour depends on stress level. Swelling or
compression (collapse) may occur depending on applied load
Collapse behaviour
After collapse soil lies on saturated consolidation line
Volume change reversal may occur during collapse
Volume change behaviour is path independent only for a certain
class of stress paths
Shear strength increases with suction

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils: BBM

Yield surface
2
g
f 3 J 2 p ps P0 p
2

g 30
Cam-clay ellipse (other choices are possible!)
g is function of lode angle () and J is the second deviatoric stress tensor.

Cohesion increases linearly with suction (not


really required in Plaxis implementation!):
ps k s S
ks is an input parameter.

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 333/448 54
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils: BBM

Yield surface: LC curve


Preconsolidation stress varies with suction:
*0 *
P * *s *
P0 Pr 0

Pr
Pr : a reference mean stress (fitting LC curve).
0* : modified compression index of saturated soil.
* : modified swelling index of (un)saturated soil.

*s *0 1 r e S r

r & : input parameter (fitting LC curve).

55

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils: BBM

Plastic potential
g 2
2

g 3J
2
p ps P0 p
g 30
is used to obtain K0 path for normally consolidated soils.

1
M M 9 M 3 *
1 *
96 M 0

Hardening law:
P0
dP0 d vp
0
* *

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 334/448 56
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils: BBM

Elastic behaviour:
The elastic behaviour of the model is the same as Modified Cam-Clay
model:


d ve , p dp ; G
p
: elastic stiffness due to mean stress (input parameter) .
In addition to that, change in suction may produce volumetric elastic
strain according to (not really required in Plaxis implementation!):
s
d ve , s dS
3 s patm

s : elastic stiffness due to suction (input parameter) .

57

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils

BBM: Triaxial tests

70 60
C3
s=0 kPa s=100 kPa s=200 kPa s=0 kPa s=100 kPa s=200 kPa
60 50
C2
50
40
CSL
q (kPa)

40
q (kPa)

30
30
C1
20
20

10
10
A B2 B3
0 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 20 40 60 80
Axial strain p' (kPa)

250 2.3
s=0 kPa s=100 kPa s=200 kPa
B3 C3 2.25
200
A
2.2
150 s=0 kPa s=100 kPa s=200 kPa
B2
s (kPa)

=1+e

B3
2.15
B2
100 C2
2.1

50 C3
2.05 C2
C1
A C1
0 2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
q (kPa) p' (kPa)

Gonzalez (2008)

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 335/448 58
Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils

BBM: drying-wetting test

125 2.3
YLD A
YLD C 2.2
C NCL 0
100 B
2.1 NCL 1
A
75 2.0 B
s (kPa)

v=1+e
1.9 C
50 1.8
1.7
25
1.6 D
A D 1.5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
p' (kPa)
p' (kPa)

Gonzalez (2008)

Elasto plastic model for unsaturated soils


The Barcelona Basic Model Capable of reproducing
(BBM) main features of
unsaturated soil
behaviour
Provides a consistent
framework for an
integrated understanding
of unsaturated soil
behaviour
Complete/consistent but
based on drastically
simplified assumptions
Compatible with classical
models of saturated soils
Lots of simplifications!

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 336/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 15
Initial Stresses and Slope Stability Analysis
Professor Helmut Schweiger

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 337/448
S C I E N C E P A S S I O N T E C H N O L O G Y

CG15
INITIAL STRESSES
PHI-C-REDUCTION
SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS

Helmut F. Schweiger
Computational Geotechnics Group
Institute for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Graz University of Technology

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


2
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

CONTENT

Initial stresses
general
K0-procedure
gravity loading
special cases
Phi-c-reduction
safety factor
safety factor analysis
examples
final advice
Comparison Phi-c-reduction Limit analysis Limit equilibrium analysis
Analysis of a failure
Slope stability analysis considering rainfall infiltration

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 338/448
1
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
3
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Initial stresses represent the equilibrium state of the undisturbed soil


and consist of:
Soil weight
Loading history

In Plaxis two possibilities exist:


K0-procedure
Gravity loading

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


4
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

GENERATION OF INITIAL STRESSES AS FIRST STEP IN CALCULATION


PROCEDURE

Needed:
coefficient for lateral earth pressure K0

Disadvantage:
No equilibrium for inclined surface (a nil-step can be used)

Advantage:
No displacements are generated, only stresses, can take
into account initial OCR or POP

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 339/448
2
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
5
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

CALCULATION OF INITIAL STRESSES BY GRAVITY LOADING


Disadvantage
Non-physical displacements are created
Difficult to influence K0 value
Difficult to introduce initial OCR or POP


For 1D compression: 'h 'v so K0
1 1
Note: holds for elasticity and Mohr-Coulomb,
otherwise K0nc

Advantage
Equilibrium satisfied in all case
Attention: ignore undrained
> dont produce excess pore water pressures
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


6
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

CASES WHERE GRAVITY LOADING SHOULD BE USED INSTEAD OF


K0-PROCEDURE

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 340/448
3
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
7
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SPECIAL CASES

For example a slope in overconsolidated soil or if


(approximate) modelling of geological history is required

Gravity loading needed due to geometry,


but initial OCR or POP required

K0 procedure using Phase 1: Phase 2:


desired K0, OCR, POP Excavate excess soil Reset displacements

Check K0, OCR !

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


8
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SPECIAL CASES
For complex initial situations like inner city building projects it may be needed to
use several calculation phases to model the current situation before starting the
calculation for the actual project.

existing buildings

our
project
our project

initial phase 1 phase 2 our project

reset displacements to 0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 341/448
4
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
9
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Methods of assessing the factor of stability problems:


Limit equilibrium method > generally used in practical engineering
Displacement finite element method > phi-c-reduction (strength reduction method)
Finite element limit analysis

Limit equilibrium analysis


> Overall form of the failure surface needs
to be determined in advance
> Distribution of the interslice forces is
assumed differently in various methods
> Kinematic admissibility is not ensured
> Need to perform a global search for
identifying the failure mechanism with
the lowest factor of safety

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


10
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

DISPLACEMENT FINITE ELEMENT METHOD > PHI-C-REDUCTION

Factor of safety: Many possible definitions

available soil resistance


1.8
mobilized soil resistance
failure load
5.9
working load

PLAXIS: Safety factor on soil resistance

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 342/448
5
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
11
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Strength reduction method: Phi-c-reduction


Same numerical tool as for serviceability design
Automatically detects most critical failure mechanism

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


12
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Reduction of strength parameters c and tan() until failure is reached.


The factor of safety is then defined as:

tan

c tan tanreduced
Lowered incrementally
Msf
creduced tanreduced

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 343/448
6
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
13
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Calculation procedure:
Create a Safety Phase
Accept the default increment for Msf = 0.1 from the multiplier tab-sheet
Calculate
Carefully examine Msf vs. displacement curve in Plaxis Curves to assure
that failure is indeed reached
If so, the value of Msf is assumed to be the factor of safety on soil resistance

Notes:
In order to check failure, select a control point within the (expected) failing
body
Use sufficient number of load steps
Choose elasto-plastic behaviour for wall, anchors and geotextiles with realistic
full plastic values in order to prevent excessively high structural forces
Displacements etc. AFTER safety analysis are meaningless

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


14
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

wall elastic
Msf = 1.95

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 344/448
7
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
15
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

wall elastic - perfectly plastic


Msf = 1.73

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


16
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

MAIN ADVANTAGES OF PHI-C-REDUCTION METHOD

Requires no a-priori assumptions on the failure mechanism


Critical surface is found automatically as slope failure occurs naturally
through the zones due to insufficient shear strength to resist shear stresses.
No requirement of assumptions on e.g. inter-slice shear force distribution
Applicable to complex conditions
Numerical tool same as for deformation analysis
Powerful alternative approach

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 345/448
8
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
17
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF MESH DISCRETIZATION

20,00 20,00 20,00

2
1
15,00

5,00
60,00

Parameters:
' = 20 [] , c = 10 [kN/m]
E = 105 [kN/m] , = 0.3 [-] , = 20.0 [kN/m]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


18
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF MESH DISCRETIZATION


642 elements (6-noded) FoS: 1.37
642 Elemente (15-noded) FoS: 1.33

3211 Elemente (6-noded) FoS: 1.34

Incremental shear strain contours after /c-reduction


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 346/448
9
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
19
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF MESH DISCRETIZATION DIFFERENT FE-CODE


3-knotiges
3-noded Dreieck mit 1 Remeshing
elements FoS: 1.59
1.59 3-noded elements FoS: 1.391.39
6-noded elements FoS: 1.43 6-noded elements FoS: 1.36
6-knotig 1.43 6-knotig 1.36

4-noded elements FoS: no failure 4-noded elements FoS: 1.90


8-noded elements FoS: 1.55
4-knotig kein Bruch 8-noded elements 4-knotig 1.90
FoS: 1.38
8-knotig 1.38

adaptive mesh refinement


FoS: 1.29

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


20
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

COMPARISON OF FOS FOR DIFFERENT METHODS AND FE-CODES

Method of Janbu FE-code FE-code


Bishop Spencer
Analysis (corrected) A B*

FoS 1.38 1.37 1.37 1.33-1.37 1.29-1.38

*) fine meshes, with quadratic elements

Note: for high friction angles (> 35 to 40) differences between LEM
and FEM may become larger and flow rule has more influence

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 347/448
10
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
21
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF MESH DISCRETIZATION

15-noded elements Factor of Safety

5 1.90
11 1.62
(very coarse) 38 1.52
(coarse) 82 1.51
(medium) 170 1.50
(fine) 414 1.45
(very fine) 871 1.43
3733 1.43
15749 1.43

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


22
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

NUMBER OF LOAD STEPS


1.16 1.16

1.12 1.12
Sum-Msf
Sum-Msf

1.08 1.08

1.04 1.04

1.0 1.0
0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2

displacement displacement

1. Arrows of incremental 2. Shadings of incremental 3. Shadings of incremental


displacements displacements shear strains
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 348/448
11
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
23
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

UNDRAINED STABILITY OF A SLOPE

H = 12m 2
D cu = 50 kPa
1
Plaxis:
F = 1,35
cu = 100 kPa

cu 50 D
Stability charts: F N0 6.6 1.38 , N0 f ( , ) (Taylor,1948)
Pd 12 20 H

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


24
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

UNDRAINED STABILITY OF A SLOPE


Automatic detection of most critical shear surface

Plaxis:
F = 1.34
cu = 50 kPa

cu = 60 kPa

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 349/448
12
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
25
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

UNDRAINED STABILITY OF A SLOPE


Automatic detection of most critical shear surface

Plaxis:
F = 1.19
cu = 50 kPa

cu = 50 kPa

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


26
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SOME FINAL ADVICE FOR PHI-C-REDUCTION

Always inspect the incremental displacements or strains as computed in the


last load step to make sure that failure is reached.
The mesh used in the calculation needs to be sufficiently fine.
Mesh: Refine and redo the phi-c analysis until the factor of safety remains
constant upon further refinement of the mesh.
Always use the arc-length time stepping procedure within the phi-c-reduction
(default)
Use a small tolerated error (maximum should be the default error of 1%)
Beware of threedimensional effects
Check for local, not relevant, failure mechanisms

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 350/448
13
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
27
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FINITE ELEMENT LIMIT ANALYSIS (FELA)

Based on the lower/upper bound theorems of plasticity


Assumes a rigid-perfectly plastic material, an associated flow rule and small
deformations

Limit analysis basics:


Lower bound method Upper bound method
Requires a stress field that satisfies the Is based on a velocity field that satisfies the
boundary conditions, the yield criterion boundary conditions and implies an associated flow
and fulfils equilibrium. rule (strain and velocity compatibility conditions).
Any loads supported by such a stress Internal work (due to plastic shearing) is equated to
field are a lower bound on the true the external work (minimum internal power
failure load. dissipation).
Any loads derived from such a velocity field are an
upper bound on the true failure load.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


28
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FINITE ELEMENT LIMIT ANALYSIS (FELA)


Associated vs a non-associated flow rule:
Flow rule defines direction of plastic strain increment.
In displacement based FEM in general, a non-associated flow rule (with a dilatancy angle
smaller than the friction angle ) is usually employed.

Displacement finite element method: Finite element limit analysis:


assumes normality rule (plastic strain rates
are normal to yield surface)
Davis (1968) suggested the use of reduced
strength parameters, c* and * (in
combination with an associated flow rule)
c* c
tan * tan

PLAXIS: cos cos


stays constant as long as reduced >
with:
1 sin sin
(non-associated flow)
Once reduced = => reduced = reduced Point of interest:
(assosciated flow) Non-associated SRFEA vs FELA using c* and *

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 351/448
14
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
29
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Homogenous slope - drained conditions:

Hs = 10m
Ds = 1 and 5
s = 15, 30, 45 and 60

Material Material set 1 Material set 2


Unit Frictional material Cohesive-frictional material
unsat [kN/m3] 17.0 19.0
c [kPa] 0 20.0
[] 35.0 25.0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


30
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FELA: mesh refinement is


performed adaptively as part
of the analysis DS = 5 and S = 45

SRFEA: mesh is fixed and a


sensitivity analysis is required
to ensure that it is sufficiently
fine

SRFEA: strength reduction finite element analysis (phi-c-reduction)


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 352/448
15
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
31
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SRFEA: deformed mesh and


deviatoric strains

FELA - UB: deformed mesh


and power dissipation

FELA - LB: deformed mesh


and plastic multiplier

Material set 2, Ds = 5

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


32
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

3.5
DisplacementFEAassociatedflowrule
FactorofsafetyFoS[]

3.0 FELimitanalysisassociatedflowrule

2.5
Cohesive-frictional material

2.0

1.5
Purely frictional
material
1.0
10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0
SlopeinclinationangleS []

Limit finite element analyses: average values of FoSavg (FoSavg = (FoSLB+FoSUB)/2).


Maximum difference between SRFEA and FE limit analysis is less than 0.5%.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 353/448
16
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
33
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

3.5 DisplacementFEAassociatedflowrule
FELimitanalysisassociatedflowrule
FactorofsafetyFoS[]

3.0 DisplacementFEAnonassociatedflowrule
FELimitanalysisDAVISapproach
2.5
Cohesive-frictional material

2.0

1.5
Purely frictional
material
1.0
10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0
SlopeinclinationangleS []

With non-associated flow rule in the displacement based FEA FoS reduces slightly,
but calculations may show numerical instabilities!
Flow rule has a minor influence in the considered example.
Davis approach yields lower FoS values for both numerical methods (conservative).

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


34
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

Slope inclination S SRFEA FELA - lower bound FELA - upper bound


(associated)
15 2.64 2.61 2.65 Material 1
30 1.23 1.21 1.25
45 0.70 0.70 0.72
60 0.41 0.40 0.42

Slope inclination S SRFEA FELA - lower bound FELA - upper bound


(associated)
15 3.32 3.31 3.36
30 1.95 1.97 2.01 Material 2
45 1.44 1.46 1.50
60 1.13 1.16 1.21

HOMOGENEOUS SLOPE: COMPARISON OF FACTORS OF SAFETY

> Phi-c-reduction compares extremely will with rigorous limit analysis

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 354/448
17
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
35
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY FOR HIGH FRICTION ANGLES

= = 45
= 15

= 0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


36
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY FOR HIGH FRICTION ANGLES

associated, = 45

non associated, = 0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 355/448
18
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
37
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY FOR HIGH FRICTION ANGLES

associated, = 45 non associated, = 0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


38
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

EXAMPLE OF STEEP SLOPE

Reference: Conte, E.; Silvestri, F.; Troncone, A. (2010)


Stability analysis of slopes in soils with strain-softening behaviour.
Computers and Geotechnics, Vol. 37 (5), 710-722.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 356/448
19
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
39
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RESULTS
high cohesion

Plaxis2Dvs Slide6.0
Slide6.0 FoS Plaxis2D
frictionangle cohesionc MorgensternPrice FoS for= FoS for=0
[] [kPa] [] [] []
29.0 1.194 1.035 1.013
15
33.0
21.5
1.300
1.097
1.131
1.018
1.112
KOLLAPS

22,5
28.0 1.321 1.187 1.134
17.0 1.097 1.056 KOLLAPS
30
23.0 1.308 1.230 1.139
14.0 1.103 1.074 KOLLAPS
35
19.5 1.299 1.247 .,126
11.0 1.105 1.082 KOLLAPS
40
16.0 1.294 1.260 1.108
8.0 1.098 1.080 KOLLAPS
45
12.5 1.292 1.266 1.083
5.5 1.104 1.085 KOLLAPS

high friction
50
9.5 1.305 1.286 1.060

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


40
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

INFLUENCE OF TENSION CUT OFF / TENSION CRACK


Extreme case:
= 0 Plaxis:
c = 50 kPa FoS = 1.255
= 65 tco = 100 kPa

Slide - no tension
crack: FoS = 1.259

Plaxis:
FoS = 1.092
Slide - with tension
tco = 0 kPa
crack: FoS = 1.094

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 357/448
20
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
41
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS = 1.08

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


42
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS = 1.08

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 358/448
21
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
43
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

CROSS SECTION

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


44
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

PLAN VIEW

Cross section
investigated

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 359/448
22
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
45
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FINITE ELEMENT MODEL

Ground conditions: fill (sandy gravel) and weathered rock,


not always clearly identified

Strength parameters for stability analysis given in


geotechnical report: = 40, c = 0 kPa
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


46
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FINITE ELEMENT MODEL


No failure in geotextile
reinforced slope
Area with reduced strength
for worst case analysis

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 360/448
23
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
47
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SLOPE BEFORE CONSTRUCTION


Strength parameters based on back analysis of
failure: = 40, c = 11 kPa
FOS of natural slope: ~1.25

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


48
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SLOPE AT FAILURE

= 40, c = 11 kPa
~0.98

Note: Limit equilibrium analysis (method of slices) did not predict failure
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 361/448
24
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
49
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SLOPE AFTER FAILURE

= 40, c = 11 kPa
~1.11

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


50
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SLOPE AFTER FAILURE

Assuming reduced
strength:
= 35, c = 2 kPa
> failure, i.e. not
realistic

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 362/448
25
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
51
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

DESIGN OF RECONSTRUCTION

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


52
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

SLOPE AFTER PARTIAL REMOVAL OF FAILED SLOPE

= 40, c = 11 kPa
~1.31

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 363/448
26
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
53
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RECONSTRUCTED SLOPE AT FULL HEIGHT

= 40, c = 11 kPa
3 x 720 kN (a = 4 m)
~1.38

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


54
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RECONSTRUCTED SLOPE AT FULL HEIGHT WITH TOP ANCHORS

= 40, c = 11 kPa
3 x 720 kN (a = 4 m)
2 x 720 kN (a = 4 m)
~1.53

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 364/448
27
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
55
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RECONSTRUCTED SLOPE AT FULL LOAD

= 40, c = 11 kPa
3 x 720 kN (a = 4 m)
2 x 720 kN (a = 4 m)
~1.46

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


56
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RECONSTRUCTED SLOPE AT FULL LOAD

Assuming reduced
strength:
= 35, c = 2 kPa

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 365/448
28
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
57
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

RECONSTRUCTED SLOPE AT FULL LOAD

Assuming reduced
strength:
= 35, c = 2 kPa

> ~1.06

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


58
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION

Rainfall is one of the main factors


causing slope failures.

Rainfall induced slope failures are


common problems in steep residual
soil slopes in the tropics.

Residual soils frequently exist in an


unsaturated state.

The infiltration of rainfall will increase


the groundwater level and water
pressure and decrease matric suction
of unsaturated soils.

Slope failures caused by heavy


rainfall (Indonesia, 2010)
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 366/448
29
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
59
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE DURING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Hydraulic Characteristics
Van Genuchten (1980) presented a set of closed-form equations of hydraulic
characteristics for unsaturated soils which is based on the capillary model of Mualem
(1976). The Van Genuchten model introduced the relation between saturation and suction
pore pressure head (p):

gc
S

Sr

Sr

1
ga

gn

p

e
s
i
d
u

s
a
t

e
s
i
d
u

p
u
w
g

w
Sresidu: residual degree of saturation of the soil that describes the part of water that remains
in the soil even at high suction heads.

Ssat: degree of saturation of the soil when the pores are filled with water.

ga, gn and gc are empirical parameters, and it is assumed that:


1
gn n
gc

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


60
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE DURING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Hydraulic Characteristics

The effective degree of saturation (Se) is obtained as:


S Ss
S rS
S


e
s
i
d
u


a t

r
e
s
i
d
u

The relative permeability based on Mualem - Van Genuchten is:


2
gng
1


gngne


kr
S

1
1
S


n
gl


e
l

where gl is an empirical parameter.

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 367/448
30
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
61
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Shear strength of unsaturated soils
Bishop (1959) has modified Terzaghis classical effective stress theory and
proposed the following expression for the effective stress of unsaturated soils:

= ( - ua) + (ua - uw)

and : effective and total stress respectively


ua : pore air pressure
uw : pore water pressure
(ua uw) : matric suction
: matric suction coefficient, varies from 0 to 1 covering the range from dry to
fully saturated conditions.

Assuming (ua 0) and S leads to the simplified expression:

= ( - S uw)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


62
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Simple benchmark example
Homogeneous slope.
The international soil classification system USDA series is used for
determining the hydraulic parameters for the Van Genuchten model.
Mohr Coulomb failure criterion.
The height of the slope is 10 m and the gradient (horizontal to vertical)
is 2:1.
20m 20m 20m

10m

15m

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 368/448
31
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
63
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Soil parameters for Mohr Coulomb Model

Description Symbol Unit Value

Unit weight kN/m3 20

Elastic modulus E kPa 7 500

Poisson's ratio - 0.35

Effective cohesion c' kPa 20

Effective friction angle ' o 20

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


64
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Parameters for Van Genuchten Model

Soil Ksat (m/s) ga (1/m) gn (-) gl (-)


Sand 8.25E-05 14.50 2.68 0.50
Loamy Sand 4.05E-05 12.40 2.28 0.50 Hydraulic characteristics for
Sandy Loam 1.23E-05 7.50 1.89 0.50 different soils based on
USDA series with Van
Loam 2.89E-06 3.60 1.56 0.50 Genuchten parameters
Silt 6.94E-06 1.60 1.37 0.50
Silty Loam 1.25E-06 2.00 1.41 0.50
Sandy Clay Loam 3.63E-06 5.90 1.48 0.50
Clayey Loam 7.22E-06 1.90 1.31 0.50
Silty Clay Loam 1.94E-06 1.00 1.23 0.50
Sandy Clay 3.33E-06 2.70 1.23 0.50
Silty Clay 5.50E-07 0.50 1.09 0.50
Clay 5.50E-08 0.80 1.09 0.50 Source: Plaxis 2D Reference Manual 2010

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 369/448
32
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
65
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION (kN/m2)


100 kN/m2

Initial conditions 100.00


90.00
80.00
70.00
Initial suction in the model is 0 kN/m2
60.00

assumed to increase linearly 50.00


40.00

above ground water level until 30.00


20.00

ground surface. 10.00


0.00

0 kN/m2 -10.00

Soil Water Characteristic Curve


(SWCC)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


66
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Modelling assumptions
Initial ground water level horizontal at level of the toe of the slope.
Rainfall intensity: 10 mm/hour lasting 3 days (72 hours).
Minimum and the maximum pore pressure head: -0.1 m (min) and 0.1m (max).
Left, right and lower boundary are impervious boundaries.

Rainfall 10 mm/hour

General

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 370/448
33
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
67
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Initial conditions
Initial degree of saturation for the four different hydraulic parameters (suction is the same)

85.43% 60.73%

100.00% 100.00%

(%)
(a) Clay (b) Sandy Clay 100.00
95.00
90.00
85,00

40.39% 14.08%
80.00
75,00
70.00
65,00
60.00

100.00% 100.00% 55,00


50.00
45,00
40.00
35,00
30.00
25,00
20.00
15,00
10.00

(c) Silt (d) Loamy Sand 5.00


0.00

saturation

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


68
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Results clay
Before rain infiltration: suction
FOS = 1.709 (kN/m2)
100.00
90.00
80.00
70.00
60.00
50.00
40.00
30.00

After 3 hours rain infiltration: 20.00


10.00

FOS = 1.709 0.00


-10.00

saturation
(%)
100.00
95.00
90.00
85,00
80.00
75,00
70.00

After 6 hours rain infiltration: 65,00


60.00

FOS = 1.708 55,00


50.00
45,00
40.00
35,00
30.00
25,00
20.00
15,00
10.00
5.00
0.00
Failure mechanism Distribution of suction Degree of saturation
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 371/448
34
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
69
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Results clay
After 48 hours rain infiltration: suction
FOS = 1.694 (kN/m2)
100.00
90.00
80.00
70.00
60.00
50.00
40.00
30.00

After 60 hours rain infiltration: 20.00


10.00

FOS = 1.692 0.00


-10.00

saturation
(%)
100.00
95.00
90.00
85,00
80.00
75,00
70.00
After 72 hours rain infiltration: 65,00
60.00

FOS = 1.686 55,00


50.00
45,00
40.00
35,00
30.00
25,00
20.00
15,00
10.00
5.00
0.00
Failure mechanism Distribution of suction Degree of saturation
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


70
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Results loamy sand
Before rain infiltration: suction
FOS = 1.603 (kN/m2)
100.00
90.00
80.00
70.00
60.00
50.00
40.00
30.00

After 3 hours rain infiltration: 20.00


10.00

FOS = 1.596 0.00


-10.00

saturation
(%)
100.00
95.00
90.00
85,00
80.00
75,00
70.00

After 6 hours rain infiltration: 65,00


60.00

FOS = 1.592 55,00


50.00
45,00
40.00
35,00
30.00
25,00
20.00
15,00
10.00
5.00
0.00
Failure mechanism Distribution of suction Degree of saturation
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 372/448
35
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
71
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION


Results loamy sand
After 48 hours rain infiltration: suction
FOS = 1.502 (kN/m2)
100.00
90.00
80.00
70.00
60.00
50.00
40.00
30.00

After 60 hours rain infiltration: 20.00


10.00

FOS = 1.344 0.00


-10.00

saturation
(%)
100.00
95.00
90.00
85,00
80.00
75,00
70.00
After 72 hours rain infiltration: 65,00
60.00

FOS = 1.229 55,00


50.00
45,00
40.00
35,00
30.00
25,00
20.00
15,00
10.00
5.00
0.00
Failure mechanism Distribution of suction Degree of saturation
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis


72
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION - SUMMARY

Clay

Sandy
Clay

Silt

Loamy
Sand

Initial degree of saturation Distribution of suction after Degree of saturation after 72


72 hours infiltration hours infiltration
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 373/448
36
Initial Stresses / Phi-c Reduction / Slope Stability Analysis
73
Initial Stresses | Phi-c-Reduction | Comparison with Limit Analysis / Limit Equilibrium Analysis | Example of Failure | Unsaturated Slope

FOS OF SLOPE CONSIDERING RAINFALL INFILTRATION - SUMMARY

FOS Analysis Slope Stability


Time during Infiltration (R = 10 mm/hr)
(hours) Clay Sandy Silt Loamy 1.8
Clay Sand
0 1.709 1.680 1.656 1.603 1.7

3 1.709 1.679 1.649 1.596


1.6
6 1.708 1.678 1.644 1.592
9 1.705 1.674 1.637 1.590

FOS
1.5
12 1.704 1.673 1.634 1.586
18 1.702 1.667 1.617 1.582 1.4
24 1.699 1.662 1.602 1.577 Clay
Sandy Clay
36 1.699 1.653 1.573 1.550 1.3 Silt
Loamy Sand
48 1.694 1.644 1.536 1.502
1.2
60 1.692 1.634 1.492 1.344 0 20 40 60 80

72 1.686 1.623 1.423 1.229 time (hours)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 374/448
37
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 16
Exercise 5: Slope Stabilised by Soil Nails
Mr Siva Subramanian & Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 375/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

SLOPE STABILITY FOR A ROAD


CONSTRUCTION PROJECT

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 376/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 377/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

INTRODUCTION
On the North Island of New Zealand a new road section has to be constructed along the shore
line of a tidal bay, see figure 1.

Figure 1: Situation overview for the newly constructed road

Though the easiest solution would have been to construct the road at a larger distance from
the bay as the slope gradients are easier there, this is not possible as the upper land is
privately owned which for historic reasons cannot be changed. The new road therefore had to
be constructed along the steeper gradient just next to the shore line of the tidal bay.
The hillside is mainly siltstone, weathered at the surface but intact at certain depth. Construction
will take place in summer when the ground water level is low. However, in winter the hillside
side almost fully saturates due to heavy rainfall, which has a significant influence on the
stability. For the construction of the new road part of the slope was excavated. The excavated
material is crushed and mixed with sand and gravel to make fill material to support the road.
During the first winter after the road construction the road started to tilt towards the tidal bay
and after assessing the winter situation the factor of safety was considered too low. The
decision was taken to stabilize the fill and hillside below the road using so-called launched soil
nails: long steel reinforcement bars that are shot with high speed into the ground.

Main goal of the analysis


Determine the factor of safety of the original hillside

Construct the new road under dry (summer) conditions and calculate its factor of safety

Simulate wet (winter) conditions and calculate its factor of safety

Apply stabilising soil nails and calculate the factor of safety in wet conditions

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 378/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

INPUT
Project properties
Start a new project and select appropriate Dimensions according to the size of the geometry
(see figure 2). After closing the Project properties window, open the Snapping options and
make sure to use a snap distance of 0.25m.

(a)

(b)
Figure 2: Soil model (a) and position of the road surface, construction details and soil nails (b)

Soil mode
Due to the complexity of the model the geometry will not be defined using boreholes, but
through soil polygons in Structures mode. Therefore, move directly to Structures mode.

Structures mode
First the intact siltstone is modelled.

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 379/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Select the Create soil polygon button ( ) and from the submenu that opens,
select the Create soil polygon option.
Now draw a soil polygon starting from (x y) = (0 0) and then to (0 22), (30 16), (37
11), (46.5 7.25), (58 6), (65 6) and finally to (65 0).

Secondly, the weathered siltstone layer will be added. As the bottom of weathered
siltstone layer coincides with the top of the intact siltstone layer its not needed to draw
the complete soil polygon.

From the Create soil polygon submenu now select the option Follow contour.
Click at (x y) = (0 22) and draw a line to (0 25), (25 20), (31 19.25), (35 16), (37.5
14), (43 11), (46 10.25), (58 8.25), (65 8) and finally to (65 6).
Now right click to end the drawing. A soil polygon will be created from the line that
was just drawn and the upper contour of the intact siltstone layer below.

The last part of soil missing is the new fill that will be constructed for the road.

Select again the Create soil polygon option and draw a soil polygon from (x y) = (35
16) to (38 16), (43 11) and (37.5 14)

Now some additional lines must be specified in order to model the construction sequence.

From the Create line menu choose the option Create line.
Draw a line from (x y) = (25 20) to (30 16)
Draw a line from (x y) = (35 16) to (37 11) and finally to (43 11)

The road must be added, including the traffic load:

From the Create line button choose the option Create plate.
Draw a plate from (x y) = (30 16) to (38 16).

Choose the Select button ( ) in order to stop drawing plates.


Right-click on the just created plate and from the popup menu select the option
Create Line load
In the Selection explorer, make sure the line load Distribution is set to Uniform and
qy,start,ref = -10 kN/m/m to create a vertical line load of 10 kN/m downwards, per
meter out-of-plane.

And finally the 3 soil nails are added as well:

From the Create line button menu choose the option Create embedded pile row.
Insert 3 embedded pile rows according to the coordinates given in figure 2.

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 380/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Material properties

Soil

Enter the material properties for the three soil data sets specified in table 1.

After entering all properties for the three soil types, drag and drop the properties to the
appropriate clusters, as indicated in figure 2.

Table 1: Soil material set parameters


Parameter Symbol Intact Weathered Reinforced Units
siltstone siltstone fill
Material model Model Mohr- Mohr- Mohr-
Coulomb Coulomb Coulomb
Type of behaviour Type Drained Drained Drained
Dry weight unsat 16.0 16.0 19.0 kN/m3
Wet weight sat 17.0 17.0 21.0 kN/m3
0
Youngs modulus E 12000 12000 20000 kN/m2
0
Poissons ratio 0.3 0.3 0.3
Cohesion c0ref 12 10 8 kN/m2
0
Friction angle 35 19 30

Dilatancy angle 0 0 0
Permeabilities kx , ky 1103 0.01 0.1 m/d
Tension cut-off Tension cut-off Disabled Enabled Enabled

Road surface

The road surface is modelled with a plate element. Therefore, create a new plate material set
using the parameters as specified in table 2 and assign it to the plate representing the road
surface.

Table 2: Properties of the road surface (plate)

Parameter Symbol Road surface Unit


Material model Model Elastic
Isotropic Yes
End-bearing No
Axial stiffness EA1 , EA2 2.5105 kN/m
Flexural stiffness EI 500 kN m2 /m
Weight w 3.0 kN/m/m
Poissons ratio 0.0

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 381/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Soil nails

The 3 soil nails are modelled using embedded pile row elements. Hence, create a new
embedded pile row material set with parameters as specified in table 3 and assign the material
to all 3 soil nails.

Table 3: Properties of the soil nails (embedded pile rows)

Parameter Symbol Grout body Unit


Modulus of elasticity E 2.1*108 kN/m2
Material weight 60 kN/m3
Pile type Pile type Predefined -
Predefined pile type Predefined pile type Massive circular pile -
Diameter Diameter 0.032 m
Spacing Lspacing 1.0 m
Skin resistance Ttop,max , Tbot,max 1000 kN/m
Base resistance Fmax 0 kN
Interface stiffness factor Default values -

Mesh mode

The road surface and the soil nails are automatically refined. However, as possible failure
would be expected in the weathered siltstone layer, this layer has to be refined as well.
The Coarseness factors as specified in figure 3 should be applied to the indicated areas. This
can be done in 2 ways:

1. From the vertical toolbar select the Refine mesh button ( ) and click on the areas to
be refined. For every click on an area or object its coarseness factor will become 70% of
its current value. Hence, to reach a coarseness factor of 0.5 its necessary to click twice
on the area, for a coarseness factor of 0.35 one has to click 3 times on the same area.

2. Select the areas and in the Selection explorer directly enter the appropriate coarseness
factors.

Now select the Generate mesh button ( ) and make sure the Element distribution is set to
Medium. After mesh generation, view the mesh (see figure 4)

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 382/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Figure 3: Areas of the mesh to be refined

Figure 4: Generated mesh with refinement

Water conditions mode and Staged construction mode


The calculation consists of the initial phase and 12 calculation phases more in order to model
the proper construction sequence and the determination of the factors of safety at key moments
in the construction process.

Initial phase
The initial situation consists of the intact hill side and a phreatic level representing typical
summer conditions as construction starts in summer. In order to define the initial situation,
follow these steps:

Water conditions mode

From the vertical toolbar select the Create water level button ( ) and then the
option Create water level.

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 383/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Draw a water level from (x y) = (-1 10) to (66 10). This water level will automatically
become the global water level.

Staged construction mode

The geometry has a non-horizontal soil layering, hence the K0 -procedure cannot
be used.
Open the Phases window and for the initial phase set the Calculation type to Gravity
loading.
Make sure only the clusters representing the original hillside are activated. Hence,
switch off the parts of reinforced soil.

Phase 1 - Stability prior to the construction

Before the construction is started the factor of safety is determined of the initial situation

Staged construction mode

Open the Phases window and change the Calculation type of this phase to Safety.

Phase 2 - Road excavation

The road excavation should continue from the initial situation and not from the results of the
safety factor determination. To do so:

Select the Initial phase.

Select the Add phase button ( ). A new phase (phase 2) will now be created that starts
from the initial phase.

Now we will define the phase:

In Staged construction mode

In the Phases window, set the Calculation type to Plastic of loading type Staged
construction.
In order to discard the displacements during gravity loading make sure the option
Reset displacements to zero is selected under the Deformation control parameters.
Switch off the upper part of the road excavations, see figure 5.

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 384/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Figure 5: Phase 2, road excavation

Phase 3 - Construction of the fill


This calculation phase that starts from Phase 2 is again a Plastic calculation, loading
type Staged construction.

In Staged construction mode

Switch on the additional fill


Assign the reinforced fill material set to the 4 clusters of the fill area, see figure 6.

Figure 6: Phase 3, Construction of the fill

Phase 4 - Construction of the road


This calculation phase that starts from Phase 3 is another Plastic calculation, loading
type Staged construction.

In Staged construction mode

Switch on the plate representing the road. Make sure the distributed load representing
the traffic load remains switched off.

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 385/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Phase 5 - Apply the traffic load


Again a Plastic calculation of loading type Staged construction.

In Staged construction mode

Switch on both parts (left nd right) of the distributed load representing the traffic
load. The plate representing the road surface remains switched on.

We are now finished with the road construction.

Phase 6 - Factor of safety of the road in summer conditions


In order to determine the factor of safety directly after constructing the road use a Safety
phase starting from Phase 5.

Phase 7 - Winter conditions


In winter, the water level inside the hill gradually increases due to rainfall. Only the highest
water level in winter will be modelled, for which a steady-state groundwater flow analysis must
be performed.
The increase of water level should occur after finishing the road construction and not after
determination of the factor of safety of this situation:

Select Phase 5 and press the Add phase button ( ). Now Phase 7 will be created,
starting from Phase 5.

In Water conditions mode

Select the Create water level button and draw a new water level from (x y) = (-1,20)
to (5,20) and further to (20,10) and (66,10).

Choose the Select button ( ) in order to stop drawing water levels.


Right-click on the newly created water level and select the option Make global to
make this new water level the global water level.
Select the bottom boundary of the model, and in the Selection explorer set the
Behaviour of the boundary conditions to Closed.
Now right-click on the bottom boundary and in the menu that pops up select the
option Activate in order to activate the closed boundary.

In Staged construction mode

Open the Phases window and in the General section set the Pore pressure calculation
type to Steady-state groundwater flow.

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 386/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Phase 8 - Factor of safety of the road in winter conditions


In order to determine the factor of safety directly in winter conditions create a Safety
phase starting from Phase 7.

Phase 9 - Apply top level soil nails


In winter conditions the factor of safety appears to be rather low and therefore it is decided to
improve stability by applying launched soil nails.

The application of the first level of soil nails should occur after calculating winter conditions
and not after determination of the factor of safety of this situation : select phase 7 and
create a new phase

Staged construction mode

Switch on the topmost soil nail, see figure 7.

Figure 7: Phase 9, Road construction with traffic load and topmost level of soil nails

Phase 10 - Factor of safety in winter conditions with top level soil nails
In order to determine the factor of safety directly in winter conditions with the topmost
level of soil nails installed create a Safety phase. Keep all default settings

Phase 11 - Apply additional soil nails


The application of the first level of soil nails should occur after installing the top level of
soil nails and not after determination of the factor of safety of this situation. Therefore,
create a phase starting from Phase 9

In Staged construction mode

Switch on the 2 other soil nails

12 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 387/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Phase 12 - Factor of safety in winter conditions with all soil nails installed
In order to determine the factor of safety directly in winter conditions with the all soil nails
installed create a final Safety phase.

For this Safety phase, set in the Phases window the amount of calculation steps (Max
steps) to 200 in the Numerical control parameters section.

Load-displacement curves
Before starting the calculation choose some points for node-displacement curves. In order
to check failure for the phi/c reduction phases the chosen points should be in the expected
failure zone. As there are several possible slope instabilities, chose at least points at (25,20),
(35,16), (38,16) and (43,11).

Now save the project and start the calculation by pressing the Calculate button.

SUCTION
Beforehand, it was estimated that the factor of safety of the slope before construction should
be in the order of 1.5 as there is no history of significant deformation for either low water table
(summer) and high water table (winter).
However, after the calculation it appears that the factor of safety before construction in summer
conditions is just over 1.2 and it is doubted that the factor of safety in reality is indeed that low.
Therefore the possibility of present suction is taken into account, as suction generally leads to
an increased factor of safety.

Save the project under a different name

Open the Phases window and for all phases uncheck the option Ignore suction in the
Deformation control parameters. Hence, we will allow for suction in all phases,

Mark all phases to be calculated.

Now recalculate the project

Computational Geotechnics 13

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 388/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

OUTPUT
Failure mechanisms
Figure 8 shows the failure mechanisms for all 5 conditions. Note that only for the winter
condition with all soil nails installed, the failure mechanism is different depending on whether
suction was taken into account. For all other conditions the failure mechanism is the same
with or without suction, though the actual factor of safety is different.

(a) Before construction (b) Summer conditions

(c) Winter conditions (no nails) (d) Winter conditions (top nails)

(e) Winter conditions (all nails, no suction) (f) Winter conditions (all nails, with suction)

Figure 8: Incremental displacements showing failure mechanisms

Factors of safety
In order to check the factors of safety, strength reduction curves (M sf vs. displacement of
a control point) must be made in the Curves module. As can be seen from figure 8 it is not
possible to use the same control point for all 6 factors of safety in case we ignore suction, as
the failure mechanisms are in different locations for different situations. Therefore we choose
the control points as:
(x y) = (25 20) for the winter conditions with all nails installed

14 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 389/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

(x y) = (35 16) for all other conditions.

To create the curve as shown in figure 9 follow these steps:

Open the Curves manager ( ) and choose to start a new chart.

Set the x-axis values to the total displacement of point (x y) = (35 16) and the y-axis
values to the Project multiplier M sf .

Right-click on the chart and choose the option Settings.

In the Settings window, on the tabsheet representing the curve, click the Phases... button
and in the Select phases window that opens, deselect phase 12 (factor of safety of the
winter conditions with all nails installed) so that it will not appear in the graph. To clean up
the graph a bit more, one can decided to deselect all phases that are not Safety phases
as well.

Close the Select phases window but do not close the Settings window.

In the Settings window now select the Add curve button and then from the popup menu
select From current project.

Add a new curve, but now with the total displacements of point (x y) = (25 20) on the
x-axis. The y-axis values remain the Project multiplier M sf .

Back in the Settings window, on the tabsheet representing the newly added curve, click
again the Phases... button. Now deselect all phases but keep phase 12 selected.

Close the Phases window

Addittionally, on the Chart tabsheet of the Settings window one can set the scaling of
the axes. For instance the x-axis from 0 to 2 m. Press the Apply button to confirm this.

We now have a graph with the strength reduction curves for point (x y) = (25 20) for the final
phases and for point (x y) = (35 16) for all other calculation phases.
Please note that in case we do calculate with suction, all graphs can be created from point
(x y) = (35 16) as this point is in the failure zone for all situations (see figure 10).

Computational Geotechnics 15

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 390/448
Slope stability for a road construction project

Figure 9: Factors of safety for key moments in the project without taking into account suction.

Figure 10: Factors of safety for key moments in the project taking into account suction.

From figures 9 and 10 the effect of installing the nails on the factor of safety can be seen. It
can also be seen that taking into account suction gives a factor of safety prior to construction
that is more in accordance of the expected value, while suction only has a minor influence on
the factor of safety in winter conditions as in winter conditions most of the soil is fully saturated.

16 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 391/448
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 17
Hoek-Brown and Rock Jointed Models
Professor Helmut Schweiger

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 392/448
S C I E N C E P A S S I O N T E C H N O L O G Y

CG17
HOEK-BROWN
JOINTED ROCK MODEL

Helmut F. Schweiger
Computational Geotechnics Group
Institute for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Graz University of Technology

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


2
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

CONTENTS

Continuum model for jointed rock


Plaxis jointed rock model
Validation with data from literature
Examples
Hoek-Brown model
Comparison with analytical solution
Practical Example: FE-modelling of grouting pressures for
pressure tunnels
Concluding remarks on discontinua

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 393/448
1
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
3
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

JOINTED ROCK BEHAVIOUR


Behaviour of rock = Behaviour of intact rock + Joints (joint sets)
approx. even, unfilled peak and residual shear strength depend on joint conditions
T . friction angle joint
n tanT T* .residual friction angle joint
F . friction angle joint material
residual n tanT* F* .residual friction angle joint material
cF . cohesion joint material
approx. even, filled
cF* . residual cohesion joint material
G . friction angle intact rock
n tanF c F G* residual friction angle intact rock
cG cohesion intact rock
residual n tan F* c F*
tensile strength is usually assumed
uneven, (un)filled
to be 0 for all cases

for n n tan (T i) residual n tan ( T* i)

for n n tan G c G residual n tan G*


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


4
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

JOINTED ROCK BEHAVIOUR

Schematic model of "rough" joint

for n

n tan (T i)

for n

n tan G c G

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 394/448
2
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
5
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

JOINTED ROCK BEHAVIOUR

Alternative formulation for joint behaviour

JCS
n tan JRC log10 r

n

JRC .. joint roughness coefficient


JCS .. joint compressive strength
R residual friction angle

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


6
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

JOINTED ROCK

distance of joints or fault zones large > explicit modelling required

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 395/448
3
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
7
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

JOINTED ROCK

distance of joints small (sets of joints) > explicit modelling not


necessarily required, approximation with suitable constitutive
model possible (smeared model, homogeneous model)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


8
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Assumption:
approximately parallel, continuous, unfilled joint sets

m
d rock d int act rock d joj int set
j 1

d rock d int act rock d jo int set


for each joint set a failure (yield) function is defined:

F j , n 0

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 396/448
4
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
9
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Validity of model
- intact rock
- parallel joint sets
- distance between individual
joints small compared to typical
dimension of structure
- no fault gouge in joints

behaviour of joint sets can be taken into account


Max. 3 joint sets (Plane 1, 2, 3)
anisotropic, elastic perfectly-plastic model
Coulomb perfect plasticity on joints

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


10
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Parameters required
Anisotropic elastic parameters
E1 Young's modulus
1 Poisson's ratio
E2 Young's modulus in Plane 1 direction
G2 Shear modulus in Plane 1 direction
2 Poisson's ratio in Plane 1 direction

Strength parameters in joint directions (Planes i = 1, 2, 3 )


ci Cohesion
i Friction angle
i Dilatancy angle
t, i Tensile strength

Definition of joint orientation (Planes i = 1, 2, 3)


n Number of joint directions
1i Dip angle
2i Dip direction
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 397/448
5
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
11
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Definition of joint direction

(2=90)

1 x

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


12
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Definition of anisotropy and sliding directions:

Dip angle 1
Dip direction 2

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 398/448
6
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
13
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

8000

7000

6000

1-3 5000
2
[KN/m ]
4000

3000
45+(/2)

2000

1000

0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

orientation
Winkel of joint 1
der Trennflchen

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


14
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Qualitative comparison of contour lines of stresses with data from


literature ( = 0)

from Wittke 1984

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 399/448
7
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
15
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Qualitative comparison of contour lines of stresses with data from


literature ( = 90)

from Wittke 1984

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


16
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DIRECTION OF JOINT SET

full excavation
MStage (until failure)
unsupported

overburden: 60 m
width of tunnel: approx. 14 m
height of tunnel: approx. 12 m

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 400/448
8
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
17
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DIRECTION OF JOINT SET


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


18
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DIRECTION OF JOINT SET


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 401/448
9
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
19
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF K0

influence of K0 (=32; 2652 elements)

1.0

0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
MStage

0.5
0.4
0.3 Ko = 0,3
0.2 Ko = 0,7
0.1
Ko = 1,0
0.0
0 22.5 45 67.5 90
orientation of joint ( 1)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


20
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY

joints 1 = 45; = 0

MStage = 0.13

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 402/448
10
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
21
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY

joints 1 = 45; = 5

MStage = 0.18

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


22
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY

joints 1 = 45; = 10

MStage = 0.23

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 403/448
11
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
23
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INFLUENCE OF DILATANCY

Influence of (K0=0,3; =32; 2652 elements)


1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
MStage

0,5
0,4
0,3 Dilat. = 0

0,2 Dilat. = 5
0,1 Dilat. = 10
0,0
0 22,5 45 67,5 90
orientation of joints

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


24
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

1, 3 .. principal stresses
c .. uniaxial compressive strength
m, s . material parameters
s =1 > intact rock, s = 0 > heavily jointed
m > .. brittle behaviour, m < .. ductile behaviour

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 404/448
12
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
25
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

1, d 1
p

HB failure line

{dp}
gf
=0
{d }
p

=+60

{d }
p

max=+90 3, d 3
p

t +90 0
Hoek-Brown criterion: flow rule

1, d 1
p
MC failure line

{d }
p

=0
gf

{dp}
gt = ft

=90

3, d 3
p

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


26
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GENERALISED HOEK-BROWN CRITERION


Hoek E., Carranza-Torres C., Corkum B., 2002. HoekBrown failure criterion - 2002 edition. In: Proceedings
of the North American rock mechanics Symposium, Toronto.
3
1 3 ci (mi s) a
ci
GSI 100 GSI 100
mb mi exp s exp
28 14 D 9 3D

a e GSI / 15 e 20 / 3
1 1
2 6
GSI geological strength index
mi depends on type of rock
D disturbance factor
(due to blasting and/or stress relaxation)

Failure function can be written as:


~ ~
f HB 1 3 f ( 3 ) with f ci (mb 3 s) a
ci
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 405/448
13
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
27
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GEOLOGICAL STRENGTH INDEX

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


28
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

INTACT UNIAXIAL COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CI

Source: RocLab

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 406/448
14
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
29
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

DISTURBANCE FACTOR D

Source: RocLab

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


30
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GENERALISED HOEK-BROWN CRITERION - VALIDATION


Carranza-Torres C., 2004. Elasto-plastic solution of tunnel problem using the generalized form of the HoekBrown failure
criterion. Int J Rock Mech Min Sci; 41(3), 4801.
Intact rock parameters:
HB constant, mi [-] 10 Rock mass parameters:
Uniaxial compression strength, sci [MPa] 30 HB constant mb 1.6767
Geological strength index, GSI [-] 50 Parameter s 0.0038
Hydrostatic pressure, p0 [MPa] 15 Parameter a 0.5057
Young's modulus, E [MPa] 5700 Parameter D 0
Poisson's ratio,n [-] 0.3

Plastic radius = 2.58 m


Support pressure = 2.5 MPa

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 407/448
15
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
31
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GENERALISED HOEK-BROWN CRITERION - VALIDATION

Relative shear stresses Plastic points

Plastic radius = 3.79 m


Support pressure = 0 MPa
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


32
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GENERALISED HOEK-BROWN CRITERION - VALIDATION

Elasto-Plastic Stress Distribution (after Carranza-Torres)

25.0

Support pressure = 0 MPa


20.0

15.0
Stress [MPa]

10.0

Radial Stress (Exact)

Tangential Stress (Exact)


5.0
Plaxis HB-Model Radial Stress

Plaxis HB-Model Tangential Stress


0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
Distance from Tunnel Center [m]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 408/448
16
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
33
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

GENERALISED HOEK-BROWN CRITERION - VALIDATION

Elasto-Plastic Stress Distribution (after Carranza-Torres)

30.0

Support pressure = 2.5 MPa


25.0

20.0
Stress [MPa]

15.0

10.0
Radial Stress (Exact)
Tangential Stress (Exact)
5.0
Plaxis HB-Model Radial Stress
Plaxis HB-Model Tangential Stress
0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
Distance from Tunnel Center [m]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


34
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

SHORT PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Longitudinal section

1. Project description

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 409/448
17
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
35
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

SHORT PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Typical cross section Detail A:


Detail A

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


36
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

PLAXIS MODEL
132m

120m
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 410/448
18
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
37
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Detail of numerical model

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


38
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Modelling of grout pressure


Whirlpool

activated pore
tunnel interior

pressure

Queenston
Q10

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 411/448
19
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
39
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Calculation phases:

0. Initial phase (K0 = 1.5)

1. Excavation (Mstage = 0.2)

2. Activation of shotcrete (Mstage = 1.0)

3. Activation of final lining

4. Pressure phase 1(8 bar, Egap <<)

5. Pressure phase 2 (15 bar)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


40
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

RESULTS

Constant pressure application: p = 15bar

Analytical PLAXIS
Solution
Normal force 10334 kN/m 10220 kN/m 1%

Displacements r = 4.06 mm Pux = 4.06 mm 0%

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 412/448
20
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
41
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Diametrical displacements for unsymmetric pressure application as


measured on site

2 1

1
4
3


D =

6
5
8

8 7

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


42
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

Unsymmetric pressure
application in Plaxis

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 413/448
21
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
43
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

RESULTS

Unsymmetric pressure application: resulting diametrical strains

D [mm] D D
1-8 3-6 4-5 2-7 [mm] [-]

Displacements on site -9.66 -3.73 -3.44 -6.43 -5.82 -4.6151E-04

Results in PLAXIS -9.60 -3.92 -3.45 -6.79 -5.94 -4.7139E-04


K0 = 1.5

Comparison with Hoek- Brown model

D [mm] D D
1-8 3-6 4-5 2-7 [mm] [-]

MC -9.60 -3.92 -3.45 -6.79 -5.94 -4.7139E-04

HB -9.60 -3.92 -3.45 -6.79 -5.94 -4.7141E-04

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


44
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

DISCONTINUUM METHODS (E.G. DISCRETE ELEMENT METHOD)

Allow modelling of finite displacements and rotations of deformable or rigid bodies


Individual bodies can separate and new contacts are detected

Advantages
Modelling of blocky structures (discontinua)
For explicit solution algorithms no equation system required
Suitable also for studying micromechanical behaviour of granular materials

Disadvantages
In 3D long calculation times
For static problems artificial damping required
Influence of various input parameters difficult to judge, i.e. joint stiffnesses
(> may cause numerical problems, lot of experience required)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 414/448
22
Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model
45
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

DISCONTINUUM METHODS ( E.G. DISCRETE ELEMENT METHOD)

Such displacement patterns cannot be obtained


from continuum models as discussed
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Hoek-Brown / Jointed Rock model


46
Continuum Model for Rock | Plaxis Jointed Rock Model | Examples | Hoek-Brown Model | Example Pressure Tunnel | Concluding Remarks

WHICH MODEL
Selection often done according to availability / familiarity rather than problem oriented
With simplification relevant mechanisms often lost, and thus neglected in the support
design

discontinuum model jointed rock model (continuum) isotropic continuum model

Acknowledgement: W. Schubert

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 415/448
23
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 18
Modelling of Tunnels in 2D
Professor Helmut Schweiger

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 416/448
S C I E N C E P A S S I O N T E C H N O L O G Y

CG18

MODELLING OF TUNNELS IN 2D

Helmut F. Schweiger
Computational Geotechnics Group
Institute for Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Graz University of Technology

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
2
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

CONTENTS

Introduction
Typical excavation sequence for NATM-tunnels
Modelling 3D-effects in plane strain analysis
Calibration of pre-relaxation factors
Modelling support measures

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 417/448
1
2D Modelling of Tunnels
3
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INTRODUCTION

3-D Models

easy modelling of excavation sequence


computational effort high
essential for analysis of face stability

Plane Strain

assumption of pre-relaxation factors


excavation sequence in cross section
face stability cannot be considered
"state of the art" in practice

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
4
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

TYPICAL NEW AUSTRIAN TUNNELLING METHOD (NATM) EXCAVATION


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 2 4 6

primary support primary support


initial stress state tunnel invert
of top heading of bench

1 3 5 7

unsupported zone transition top head transition bench final


at tunnel face - bench excavation invert excavation lining
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 418/448
2
2D Modelling of Tunnels
5
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

DEFORMATION AHEAD OF FACE


tunnel face monitoring section
excavation
sequence

Chainage

settlements ahead
of tunnel face
settlements of
Settlements

unsupported zone
settlements after
installation of
monitoring
section

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
6
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

2D MODELLING - LOAD REDUCTION METHOD

E0 0( )
approximate values for :

= 0.2 0.5
for top heading
excavation

s = . 0 = 0.4 0.8
for side drift
excavation
(Laabmayr & Swoboda 1986)

tunnel lining

PLAXIS: Mstage 1-
PRE-RELAXATION
EXCAVATION
Note: Mstage definition changed
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 419/448
3
2D Modelling of Tunnels
7
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

2D MODELLING - STIFFNESS REDUCTION METHOD

E0

approximate values for :

= 0.3 0.5

Ec = . E0 (Schikora & Fink 1982)

tunnel lining

PRE-RELAXATION
EXCAVATION

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
8
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

PRE-RELAXATION

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 420/448
4
2D Modelling of Tunnels
9
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

FULL EXCAVATION WITH LINING

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
10
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

FULL EXCAVATION WITHOUT LINING

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 421/448
5
2D Modelling of Tunnels
11
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

CHOICE OF AND
values depend on:
ground conditions
length of unsupported section
advance rate
time of construction of invert
experience of personnell (workmanship)
...........

Alternatively use 3D analysis to


estimate pre-relaxation factors
Note: these are different for
displacements and lining stresses

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
12
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

WHICH METHOD?

Working Group 1.6 of DGGT


> Load Reduction Method

Stiffness Reduction Method


Influence of
Poisson ratio
Constitutive model

Correlation of and very difficult

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 422/448
6
2D Modelling of Tunnels
13
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

EXAMPLE NATM TUNNEL

Weathered Silt-, Claystone


Overburden 25.0 m
Top Heading Excavation

y = 60 m

Z = 60 m

y = 142 m

Finite Element Meshes


x = 70 m
x = 70 m

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
14
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

PARAMETERS FOR DIFFERENT CONSTITUTIVE MODELS

Parameters for different constitutive models


Eoed,ref E50,ref Eur,ref c m K0 POP K0,nc ur G0,ref 0,7
MODEL [MN/m] [MN/m] [MN/m] [kN/m] [] [] [] [kN/m] [] [] [MN/m] []

1)MC, E135 E=135MN/m 35 27 0,54


2)HS, EMC=Eoed 45 45 135 35 27 0,8 0,54 0,2
A 0.7 500
B auto 500
C 0,7 0
3)HS, EMC=Eur 20 20 60 35 27 0,8 0,7 500 0,54 0,2
7)HSS, EMC=Eoed 45 45 135 35 27 0,8 0,7 500 0,54 0,2 225 2*104
9)HSS, EMC=Eur 20 20 60 35 27 0,8 0,7 500 0,54 0,2 100 2*104

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 14

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 423/448
7
2D Modelling of Tunnels
15
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

3D STAGED CONSTRUCTION

Tunnel excavation in step i


Activation of lining with parameters shotcrete young in step i+1
Increase of cohesion in anchored region in step i+1
Increase of lining stiffness to shotcrete old in step i+2

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 15

2D Modelling of Tunnels
16
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

2D STAGED CONSTRUCTION

Pre-relaxation (MStage < 1,0)


Activation of lining with parameters shotcrete young
Increase of cohesion in anchored region
(MStage < 1,0)
Increase of lining stiffness to shotcrete old (MStage =1,0)





MStage<1.0 MStage<1.0

Prerelaxation Shotcreteyoung+anchors Shotcreteold


Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 16

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 424/448
8
2D Modelling of Tunnels
17
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

Calibration of pre-relaxation factors by means of crown settlements


Chainage [m]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

-5
Crown settlements [mm]

-15
Good agreement between 2D
and 3D for final settlement
-25
Significant differences in
relaxation factor depending
-35 on constitutive model applied

-45

-55
3D 1) MC drained 2D 1) MC drained

3D 2) HS E45 (POP500,K0=0.7) drained 2D 2) HS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained

3D 3) HS E20 (POP500,K0=0.7) drained 2D 3) HS E20 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained

3D 7) HSS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained 2D 7) HSS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained

3D 9) HSS E20 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained 2D 9) HSS E20 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained
Zelger 2012
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 17

2D Modelling of Tunnels
18
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

Calibration of pre-relaxation factors by means of surface settlements


Chainage [m]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
0
-2
Surface settlements [mm]

-4
-6 Poor agreement between 2D
-8 and 3D for final settlement
-10
-12 Significant differences in
-14 relaxation factor depending
-16 on constitutive model applied
-18
-20
-22
-24
3D 1) MC drained
2D 1) MC drained
3D 2) HS E45 (POP500,K0=0.7) drained
2D 2) HS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained
3D 3) HS20 (POP500,K0=0.7) drained
2D 3) HS E20 (POP500,K0=0.7) drained
3D 7) HSS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained
2D 7) HSS E45 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained
3D 9) HSS E20 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained
2D 9) HSS E20 (POP500, K0=0.7) drained Zelger 2012
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 18

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 425/448
9
2D Modelling of Tunnels
19
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

Final note on pre-relaxation:


Pre-relaxation is a way of considering 3D
effects in a 2D but the amount of pre-
relaxation to be taken into account in order
to match 3D results depends on a number of
Mstage

factors, such as
reference displacement
constitutive model
drained/undrained conditions

Zelger 2012
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014 19

2D Modelling of Tunnels
20
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures|

MODELLING OF SUPPORT MEASURES


Shotcrete
strength and stiffness highly time dependent
increase of Young's modulus for subsequent
excavation steps is a practical approach
alternatively complex constitutive model can be used
new model in PLAXIS
Rock bolts
in practice often by means of increase of cohesion
special elements of various types (bars, beams, ..)
embedded piles in PLAXIS
Additional support measures
elefant foot
micropiles at sidewall
Final concrete lining
additional calculation without modelling of excavation sequence in
detail (subgrade reaction method)
from FE-analysis assuming that shotcrete lining
carries no load in the long term
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 426/448
10
2D Modelling of Tunnels
21
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

SUPPORT TOP HEADING

sometimes not sufficient support for beam


of top heading > numerical problems

temporary invert for top heading

micropiles, elefant foot

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
22
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

EXAMPLE FOR ANALYSIS WITH ADDITIONAL SUPPORT MEASURES

Calculation phases

Phase 0 Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3

Initial stresses Mstage=0.3 Mstage=1.0 Mstage=0.3


K0 procedure excavation top shotcrete young shotcrete top heading
heading young > old
berwimmer 2011 excavation bench
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 427/448
11
2D Modelling of Tunnels
23
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

EXAMPLE FOR ADDITIONAL SUPPORT MEASURES


Calculation phases

Phase 4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7

Mstage=1.0 Mstage=0.3 Mstage=1.0 Mstage=1.0


shotcrete bench shotcrete bench shotcrete invert shotcrete invert
young young > old young young old

berwimmer 2011 excavation invert

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
24
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING

Continuum element Plate in centre line Plate at outer Plate at inner


of lining boundary of lining boundary of lining

berwimmer 2011
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 428/448
12
2D Modelling of Tunnels
25
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING

Vertical displacement of tunnel crown

Phase & No.


Phase uy

0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-5.0

-10.0
continuum element
uy [cm]

cross section 12
uy [10 *m]

plate inner
cross boundary
section 13
-15.0
plate centre
cross section 14
plate outer
cross boundary
section 15
-20.0

-25.0

-30.0
phase [-]

berwimmer 2011
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
26
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING


Displacements utot

Phase 3 Phase 7
continuum element
plate inner boundary
plate centre
plate outer boundary

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 429/448
13
2D Modelling of Tunnels
27
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING


Axial forces N [kN/m]
Phase 3 Phase 7
plate inner boundary
plate centre
plate outer boundary
continuum element

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
28
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING

Improved plate model

Horizontal beam element Additional cluster at base


Phase 3 Phase 4 Phase 3 Phase 4

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 430/448
14
2D Modelling of Tunnels
29
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF LINING

Vertical displacement of tunnel crown

Phase No.

continuum element
horizontal beam
cluster at base
plate only

berwimmer 2011
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
30
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF ELEFANT FOOT

Vertical displacement of tunnel crown

Phase & uy
Phase No.
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-5.0

0.6 mdreieckklein
wide
y [cm]
*m]

-10.0
0.4 m0.2wide
m
-2

0.2 m0.4wide
m
uy [10

-15.0 0.6 m
d of lining
u

cross section 13
plate only
-20.0

-25.0
phase [-]

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 431/448
15
2D Modelling of Tunnels
31
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

INFLUENCE OF MICROPILES

Vertical displacement of tunnel crown

Phase & uy
Phase No.
0.00
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-2.00

-4.00 ohne
u [cm]

27
-6.00
uy [10y-2 *m]

35
-8.00 43
51
-10.00
27+35

-12.00 alle

-14.00

-16.00
phase [-]

Influence of inclination of micropile (27 to 51)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
32
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

2D EMBEDDED PILES FOR ANCHORS IN TUNNELLING


Comparison with phase2
circular tunnel D = 9.4 m, two step excavation (pre-relax. 70%/35%)
6-noded finite elements
rock: E = 850 MPa, = 0.2, K0 = 0.4
100 m c = 400 kPa, phi = 28
lining: E = 5 GPa / 15 GPa (young/old)
anchors: d = 3.2 cm, E = 210 GPa
Nmax = 230 kN, Tmax = (fully bonded)
100 m

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 432/448
16
2D Modelling of Tunnels
33
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

RESULTS: LINEAR ELASTIC ROCK


Normal force in tunnel lining (end of excavation)

identical

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
34
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

RESULTS: LINEAR ELASTIC ROCK, NO SHAFT FAILURE


Anchor force 1 for various stages
good match
EP reduce to
~0 at anchor
end

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 433/448
17
2D Modelling of Tunnels
35
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

RESULTS: ROCK MOHR-COULOMB, SHAFT RESISTANCE=5.0 KN/M


anchor forces at end of excavation (Swellex anchor in phase2)

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
36
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

NEW SHOTCRETE MODEL


governed by vp = 1p + 2p + 3p from tension yield surface
p
fty ftp 1 ftu 1 vp

with tup 28

2 Gt 28 ftp 28 f tu 28
tu Leq f tp228

Leq 2
Ael ftp28
nint 3


Leq = 1m
Gt28
tension

ftu28


ftp ftu
Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 434/448
18
2D Modelling of Tunnels
37
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

NEW SHOTCRETE MODEL - APPLICATION


NATM tunnel excavation with temp. side drift walls
Q1

Q5

N1
N5
N1

N5

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
38
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

NEW SHOTCRETE MODEL - APPLICATION


NATM tunnel excavation with temp. side drift walls

th centre
th left 5 th right
3 1

bench bench
left bench right
centre
4 2
6

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 435/448
19
2D Modelling of Tunnels
39
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

NEW SHOTCRETE MODEL - APPLICATION


elastic lining (E = 5/15 GPa) vs. shotcrete model (no softening)

+3.5 MPa
+15 MPa

Tensile Stresses

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

2D Modelling of Tunnels
40
Introduction | NATM Excavation Sequence | 3D Effects in 2D | Calibration of pre-relaxation | Modelling Support Measures

NEW SHOTCRETE MODEL - APPLICATION


tension softening vs. no softening

crack in softening +3.5 MPa

Tensile Stresses

Advanced Course on Computational Geotechnics, New Delhi, India, 29 - 31 October 2014

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 436/448
20
New Delhi Advanced 2014

Computation Geotechnics 19
Exercise 6: Tunnelling in Rock
Dr William Cheang

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 437/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

EXCAVATION OF A TUNNEL IN ROCK

This excercise has been created by

Prof. Helmut F. Schweiger


Technical University Graz, Austria

Computational Geotechnics 1

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 438/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

2 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 439/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

INTRODUCTION
In this example, a circular deep tunnel within a 1-layer homogeneous rock mass under a
hydrostatic pressure is modelled. As the hydrostatic pressure is the equivalent of 1500m
water it is not so practical to model this with the use of a phreatic level. In order to take into
account the hydrostatic pressure there are two possible method:

1. Apply the hydrostatic pressure as a distributed load

2. Apply the hydrostatic pressure by means of a thin heavy soil layer

Method 1) works fine if the hydrostatic pressures is applied during the calculation. However,
in our case the pressure is there from the initial situation. As distributed loads are not taken
into account during the K0 -procedure using a distributed load would require gravity loading for
applying the distributed load. This would cause additional problems to solve as gravity loading
may give plasticity in the rock joints that should not occur.
Method 2) therefore is applied in this exercise. It is chosen to use a thin layer with the same
properties as the rock (that is, a Jointed Rock material set) but with high weight. Alternatively
one can use a Linear Elastic material set with high weight, but in this case its necessary that
the Linear Elastic material has low stiffness so that it cannot prevent sliding along the joints to
reach the soil surface.

INPUT
The geometry and mesh of the model are illustrated in figure 1.
The refinement area around the tunnel can be modelled by inserting an additional circular
tunnel without lining or interface at the same location as the tunnel.

Note: Though the geometry is symmetric it is not possible to only model half the
geometry. The rock itself has an inclined stratification under an angle of
450 , what makes the model asymmetric!

Material properties
The material data sets of the rock and the thin heavy layer representing the hydrostatic
pressure (referred to as Equivalent pressure) are shown in table 1.
After excavation of the tunnel it is finished by applying a 0.2m thick concrete lining with a uni-
axial cylindrical compression strength of 55 N/mm2 and 3% reinforcement with FeB500 steel
bars (yield stress 435 N/mm2). Table 2 shows the material properties for the tunnel lining.

Mesh generation
For the generation of the mesh set the Global coarseness parameter to Medium. In addition,
select the 3 clusters that form the area around and in the tunnel, and perform a cluster

Computational Geotechnics 3

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 440/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

Figure 1: Geometry of the tunnel

refinement by choosing the menu option Mesh -> Refine cluster. After the mesh has been
generated, repeat the cluster refinement for just the inner two (circular) areas.

CALCULATION
The tunnels is excavated and at a certain distance behind the tunnel face the lining is applied.
The tunnel is supposed to be self supporting and so the main purpose of the lining is to protect
the tunnel from rock fall. However, it has to be taken into account that the lining will deliver
limited support for the tunnel due to continuous stress redistribution and deformations after the
tunnel lining is installed. This is done by calculating 80% of the effect of the excavation with
an unsupported tunnel and 20% of the effect of the excavation with lining installed. Hence, the
-method is used with = 0.2.
In PLAXIS, at the beginning of the staged construction calculation phase, the changes made
cause a certain unbalance between the externally applied forces on the mesh and the internal
stresses in both soil and structural elements. This unbalance physically cannot exists and has
to be solved in the calculation phase. This is done with the use of a multiplier, -Mstage, that
indicates the amount of the unbalance that has already been solved. This means that at the
beginning of the calculation phase -Mstage=0 as all unbalance still has to be solved and at
the end of a succesfully calculated phase -Mstage=1 indicating the full unbalance could be
solved. However, in our case we only want to solve 80% of the unbalance with an unsupported
excavation before applying the tunnel lining which implies that we have to tell the calculation
kernel that not the full unbalance should be solved but that the calculation must stop when
-Mstage=0.8 is reached.

4 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 441/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

Table 1: Rock properties

Parameter Symbol Rock Eq. pressure Units


Material model Material model Jointed Rock Jointed Rock -
Type of behaviour Drainage type Drained Drained -
Weight sat , unsat 24.0 15000 kN/m3
Youngs modulus for intact rock E1 13.0105 13.0105 kN/m2
Poissons ratio for intact rock 1 0.25 0.25 -
Youngs modulus for jointed rock E2 4.0105 4.0105 kN/m2
Poissons ratio for jointed rock 2 0.25 0.25 -
Shear modulus for jointed rock G2 1.33105 1.33105 kN/m2
Number of joint planes Number of planes 1 1 -
Cohesion of plane 1 c 50.0 50.0 kN/m2
0
Friction angle of plane 1 22.0 22.0
0
Dilatancy angle of plane 1 0.0 0.0
0
Dip angle of plane 1 1 45.0 45.0
Coefficient for initial lateral stress K0 1.0 1.0 -

Table 2: Tunnel lining properties

Parameter Symbol Lining Units


Type of behaviour Type Elastoplastic -
Axial stiffness EA 7.7106 kN/m
Flexural stiffness EI 25667 kNm2 /m
Weight w 2.4 kN/m2
Poissons ratio 0.0 -
Full plastic bending moment Mp 350.0 kNm/m
Full plastic normal force Np 10.0103 kN/m

Note: The results of a calculation phase with -Mstage < 1 have no physical
meaning as there is no equilibrium in external forces and internal stresses.
The calculation consists of the initial phase and 2 additional calculation phases

Initial phase
It is assumed there are no pore pressures in the rock, therefore the phreatic level can remain
below the geometry and no pore pressures have to be generated.
Initial stresses are generated using the K0 procedure. Make sure the thin layer representing
the top load is switched on.

Phase 1
In this stage construction phase the tunnel is being excavated while the tunnel lining remains
switched off.

Computational Geotechnics 5

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 442/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

In PLAXIS Calculation go to the Parameters tabsheet.

In the Loading Input box make sure the type of loading input is Staged construction and
then press the button Advanced. A new window will appear.

In this window one can specify that the end value for the -Mstage multiplier as described
above. Fill in a value of 0.8 and press OK to close the window again

Now press the Define button in order to define the staged construction changes, i.e. the
excavation of the tunnel by switching off the cluster representing the tunnel.

Phase 2
In this phase the tunnel lining is applied. Define the staged construction phase and switch
on the lining. No other changes have to be made in this phase. PLAXIS will apply the full
unbalance that exists at the beginning of this phase, which is the remaining 20% unbalance
from excavating the tunnel and the full additional unbalance caused by switching on the tunnel
lining.

Note: The Jointed Rock model is a rather sensitive model for both mesh
refinement and local failure. With this model it may occur more often than
for the other standard consitutive models in Plaxis that the calculation
stops reporting failure, while in fact the failure is only very local and not
important from engineering point of view. In some cases this situation can
be overcome by swichting off the Arc-length control in the Manual settings
of the Iterative procedure.
Arc-length control is a method to obtain reliable load values in case of
failure, but may also lead to detection of local failure mechanisms hat are
tof little interest as stated. As long as a calculation phase ends succesfully
(that is, it was possible to apply all changes requested by the user) the
answers should be the same wether arc-length control is switched on or
not. Only when failure is reached and arc-length control is switched off,
the user will be confronted with the fact that no automatic failure detection
will be done by PLAXIS (hence the user has to decide on whether he
considers the situation failure or not) and the failure load reached is not as
accurate.
In this exercise it may be necessary to switch of arc-length control in the
first calculation phase. However, the user is encouraged to always first try
with arc-length control switched on.

One can select some points for curves, for instance at the crown and the side of the tunnel
and somewhere halfway those two points.
Press the Calculate button to start the calculation.

6 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 443/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

OUTPUT
Check the influence of the stratification on the stresses and deformations of the rock around
the tunnel. Also, check the bending moments of the tunnel lining:

Figure 2: Plastic points at the end of phase 2

Computational Geotechnics 7

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 444/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

Figure 3: Volume strains at the end of phase 2

Figure 4: Total displacements at the end of phase 2

8 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 445/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

Figure 5: Bending moments in the lining

Computational Geotechnics 9

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 446/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

FURTHER EXERCISE
Repeat the calculation for dip angles 1 = 0 o and 1 = 90 o and compare results

Figure 6: Plastic points for 1 = 0o (left) and 1 = 90o (right)

Figure 7: Volume strains for 1 = 0o (left) and 1 = 90o (right)

10 Computational Geotechnics

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 447/448
Excavation of a tunnel in rock

Figure 8: Total displacements for 1 = 0o (left) and 1 = 90o (right)

Figure 9: Bending moments in the lining for 1 = 0o (left) and 1 = 90o (right)

Computational Geotechnics 11

Plaxis Advanced Course, New Delhi, India (29-31 October 2014) 448/448

You might also like